"Fossies" - the Fresh Open Source Software Archive

Member "apt-1.8.2/doc/po/apt-doc.pot" (28 May 2019, 351044 Bytes) of package /linux/misc/apt-1.8.2.tar.gz:


As a special service "Fossies" has tried to format the requested text file into HTML format (style: standard) with prefixed line numbers. Alternatively you can here view or download the uninterpreted source code file.

    1 # Translation of apt manpages and documentation to LANGUAGE
    2 # This file is distributed under the same license as the apt-doc package.
    3 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
    4 #
    5 #, fuzzy
    6 msgid ""
    7 msgstr ""
    8 "Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.8.2\n"
    9 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n"
   10 "POT-Creation-Date: 2019-05-28 16:41+0200\n"
   11 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
   12 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
   13 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
   14 "Language: \n"
   15 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
   16 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
   17 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
   18 
   19 #. type: Plain text
   20 #: apt.ent
   21 #, no-wrap
   22 msgid ""
   23 "<!ENTITY apt-author.team \"\n"
   24 "   <author>\n"
   25 "    <othername>APT team</othername>\n"
   26 "    <contrib></contrib>\n"
   27 "   </author>\n"
   28 "\">\n"
   29 msgstr ""
   30 
   31 #. type: Plain text
   32 #: apt.ent
   33 #, no-wrap
   34 msgid ""
   35 "<!ENTITY apt-qapage \"\n"
   36 "\t<para>\n"
   37 "\t\t<ulink url='http://packages.qa.debian.org/a/apt.html'>QA Page</ulink>\n"
   38 "\t</para>\n"
   39 "\">\n"
   40 msgstr ""
   41 
   42 #. type: Plain text
   43 #: apt.ent
   44 #, no-wrap
   45 msgid ""
   46 "<!-- Boiler plate Bug reporting section -->\n"
   47 "<!ENTITY manbugs \"\n"
   48 " <refsect1><title>Bugs</title>\n"
   49 "   <para><ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/src:apt'>APT bug page</ulink>.\n"
   50 "   If you wish to report a bug in APT, please see\n"
   51 "   <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug-reporting.txt</filename> or the\n"
   52 "   &reportbug; command.\n"
   53 "   </para>\n"
   54 " </refsect1>\n"
   55 "\">\n"
   56 msgstr ""
   57 
   58 #. type: Plain text
   59 #: apt.ent
   60 #, no-wrap
   61 msgid ""
   62 "<!-- Boiler plate Author section -->\n"
   63 "<!ENTITY manauthor \"\n"
   64 " <refsect1><title>Author</title>\n"
   65 "   <para>APT was written by the APT team "
   66 "<email>apt@packages.debian.org</email>.\n"
   67 "   </para>\n"
   68 " </refsect1>\n"
   69 "\">\n"
   70 msgstr ""
   71 
   72 #. type: Plain text
   73 #: apt.ent
   74 #, no-wrap
   75 msgid ""
   76 "<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
   77 "     put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
   78 "<!ENTITY apt-commonoptions \"\n"
   79 "     <varlistentry><term><option>-h</option></term>\n"
   80 "     <term><option>--help</option></term>\n"
   81 "     <listitem><para>Show a short usage summary.\n"
   82 "     </para>\n"
   83 "     </listitem>\n"
   84 "     </varlistentry>\n"
   85 msgstr ""
   86 
   87 #. type: Plain text
   88 #: apt.ent
   89 #, no-wrap
   90 msgid ""
   91 "     <varlistentry>\n"
   92 "      <term><option>-v</option></term>\n"
   93 "      <term><option>--version</option></term>\n"
   94 "      <listitem><para>Show the program version.\n"
   95 "     </para>\n"
   96 "     </listitem>\n"
   97 "     </varlistentry>\n"
   98 msgstr ""
   99 
  100 #. type: Plain text
  101 #: apt.ent
  102 #, no-wrap
  103 msgid ""
  104 "     <varlistentry>\n"
  105 "      <term><option>-c</option></term>\n"
  106 "      <term><option>--config-file</option></term>\n"
  107 "     <listitem><para>Configuration File; Specify a configuration file to "
  108 "use. \n"
  109 "     The program will read the default configuration file and then this \n"
  110 "     configuration file. If configuration settings need to be set before "
  111 "the\n"
  112 "     default configuration files are parsed specify a file with the "
  113 "<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>\n"
  114 "     environment variable. See &apt-conf; for syntax information.\n"
  115 "     </para>\n"
  116 "     </listitem>\n"
  117 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  118 msgstr ""
  119 
  120 #. type: Plain text
  121 #: apt.ent
  122 #, no-wrap
  123 msgid ""
  124 "     <varlistentry>\n"
  125 "      <term><option>-o</option></term>\n"
  126 "      <term><option>--option</option></term>\n"
  127 "     <listitem><para>Set a Configuration Option; This will set an "
  128 "arbitrary\n"
  129 "      configuration option. The syntax is <option>-o "
  130 "Foo::Bar=bar</option>.\n"
  131 "      <option>-o</option> and <option>--option</option> can be used "
  132 "multiple\n"
  133 "      times to set different options.\n"
  134 "     </para>\n"
  135 "     </listitem>\n"
  136 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  137 "\">\n"
  138 msgstr ""
  139 
  140 #. type: Plain text
  141 #: apt.ent
  142 #, no-wrap
  143 msgid ""
  144 "<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
  145 "     put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
  146 "<!ENTITY apt-cmdblurb \"\n"
  147 "   <para>All command line options may be set using the configuration file, "
  148 "the\n"
  149 "   descriptions indicate the configuration option to set. For boolean\n"
  150 "   options you can override the config file by using something like \n"
  151 "   <option>-f-</option>,<option>--no-f</option>, <option>-f=no</option>\n"
  152 "   or several other variations.\n"
  153 "   </para>\n"
  154 "\">\n"
  155 msgstr ""
  156 
  157 #. type: Plain text
  158 #: apt.ent
  159 #, no-wrap
  160 msgid ""
  161 "<!ENTITY file-aptconf \"\n"
  162 "     <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename></term>\n"
  163 "     <listitem><para>APT configuration file.\n"
  164 "     Configuration Item: "
  165 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Main</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
  166 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  167 msgstr ""
  168 
  169 #. type: Plain text
  170 #: apt.ent
  171 #, no-wrap
  172 msgid ""
  173 "     <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/</filename></term>\n"
  174 "     <listitem><para>APT configuration file fragments.\n"
  175 "     Configuration Item: "
  176 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
  177 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  178 "\">\n"
  179 msgstr ""
  180 
  181 #. type: Plain text
  182 #: apt.ent
  183 #, no-wrap
  184 msgid ""
  185 "<!ENTITY file-cachearchives \"\n"
  186 "     <varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename></term>\n"
  187 "     <listitem><para>Storage area for retrieved package files.\n"
  188 "     Configuration Item: "
  189 "<literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
  190 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  191 msgstr ""
  192 
  193 #. type: Plain text
  194 #: apt.ent
  195 #, no-wrap
  196 msgid ""
  197 "     "
  198 "<varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename></term>\n"
  199 "     <listitem><para>Storage area for package files in transit.\n"
  200 "     Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal> "
  201 "(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
  202 "appended)</para></listitem>\n"
  203 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  204 "\">\n"
  205 msgstr ""
  206 
  207 #. type: Plain text
  208 #: apt.ent
  209 #, no-wrap
  210 msgid ""
  211 "<!ENTITY file-preferences \"\n"
  212 "     <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename></term>\n"
  213 "     <listitem><para>Version preferences file.\n"
  214 "     This is where you would specify &quot;pinning&quot;,\n"
  215 "     i.e. a preference to get certain packages\n"
  216 "     from a separate source\n"
  217 "     or from a different version of a distribution.\n"
  218 "     Configuration Item: "
  219 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Preferences</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
  220 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  221 msgstr ""
  222 
  223 #. type: Plain text
  224 #: apt.ent
  225 #, no-wrap
  226 msgid ""
  227 "     "
  228 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename></term>\n"
  229 "     <listitem><para>File fragments for the version preferences.\n"
  230 "     Configuration Item: "
  231 "<literal>Dir::Etc::PreferencesParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
  232 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  233 "\">\n"
  234 msgstr ""
  235 
  236 #. type: Plain text
  237 #: apt.ent
  238 #, no-wrap
  239 msgid ""
  240 "<!ENTITY file-sourceslist \"\n"
  241 "     <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename></term>\n"
  242 "     <listitem><para>Locations to fetch packages from.\n"
  243 "     Configuration Item: "
  244 "<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceList</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
  245 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  246 msgstr ""
  247 
  248 #. type: Plain text
  249 #: apt.ent
  250 #, no-wrap
  251 msgid ""
  252 "     "
  253 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename></term>\n"
  254 "     <listitem><para>File fragments for locations to fetch packages from.\n"
  255 "     Configuration Item: "
  256 "<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
  257 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  258 "\">\n"
  259 msgstr ""
  260 
  261 #. type: Plain text
  262 #: apt.ent
  263 #, no-wrap
  264 msgid ""
  265 "<!ENTITY file-statelists \"\n"
  266 "     <varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/</filename></term>\n"
  267 "     <listitem><para>Storage area for state information for each package "
  268 "resource specified in\n"
  269 "     &sources-list;\n"
  270 "     Configuration Item: "
  271 "<literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
  272 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  273 msgstr ""
  274 
  275 #. type: Plain text
  276 #: apt.ent
  277 #, no-wrap
  278 msgid ""
  279 "     "
  280 "<varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/partial/</filename></term>\n"
  281 "     <listitem><para>Storage area for state information in transit.\n"
  282 "     Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> "
  283 "(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
  284 "appended)</para></listitem>\n"
  285 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  286 "\">\n"
  287 msgstr ""
  288 
  289 #. type: Plain text
  290 #: apt.ent
  291 #, no-wrap
  292 msgid ""
  293 "<!ENTITY file-trustedgpg \"\n"
  294 "     <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg</filename></term>\n"
  295 "     <listitem><para>Keyring of local trusted keys, new keys will be added "
  296 "here.\n"
  297 "     Configuration Item: "
  298 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Trusted</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
  299 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  300 msgstr ""
  301 
  302 #. type: Plain text
  303 #: apt.ent
  304 #, no-wrap
  305 msgid ""
  306 "     "
  307 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename></term>\n"
  308 "     <listitem><para>File fragments for the trusted keys, additional "
  309 "keyrings can\n"
  310 "     be stored here (by other packages or the administrator).\n"
  311 "     Configuration Item "
  312 "<literal>Dir::Etc::TrustedParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
  313 "     </varlistentry>\n"
  314 "\">\n"
  315 msgstr ""
  316 
  317 #. type: Plain text
  318 #: apt.ent
  319 #, no-wrap
  320 msgid ""
  321 "<!ENTITY file-extended_states \"\n"
  322 "      "
  323 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/var/lib/apt/extended_states</filename></term>\n"
  324 "      <listitem><para>Status list of auto-installed packages.\n"
  325 "      Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::extended_states</literal>.\n"
  326 "      </para></listitem>\n"
  327 "      </varlistentry>\n"
  328 "\">\n"
  329 msgstr ""
  330 
  331 #. type: Plain text
  332 #: apt.ent
  333 #, no-wrap
  334 msgid ""
  335 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is the section header for the following paragraphs - "
  336 "comparable\n"
  337 "     to the other headers like NAME and DESCRIPTION and should therefore be "
  338 "uppercase. -->\n"
  339 "<!ENTITY translation-title \"TRANSLATION\">\n"
  340 msgstr ""
  341 
  342 #. type: Plain text
  343 #: apt.ent
  344 #, no-wrap
  345 msgid ""
  346 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is a placeholder. You should write here who has "
  347 "contributed\n"
  348 "     to the translation in the past, who is responsible now and maybe "
  349 "further information\n"
  350 "     specially related to your translation. -->\n"
  351 "<!ENTITY translation-holder \"\n"
  352 "     The english translation was done by John Doe "
  353 "<email>john@doe.org</email> in 2009,\n"
  354 "     2010 and Daniela Acme <email>daniela@acme.us</email> in 2010 together "
  355 "with the\n"
  356 "     Debian Dummy l10n Team "
  357 "<email>debian-l10n-dummy@lists.debian.org</email>.\n"
  358 "\">\n"
  359 msgstr ""
  360 
  361 #. type: Plain text
  362 #: apt.ent
  363 #, no-wrap
  364 msgid ""
  365 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: As a translation is allowed to have 20% of "
  366 "untranslated/fuzzy strings\n"
  367 "     in a shipped manpage newer/modified paragraphs will maybe appear in "
  368 "english in\n"
  369 "     the generated manpage. This sentence is therefore here to tell the "
  370 "reader that this\n"
  371 "     is not a mistake by the translator - obviously the target is that at "
  372 "least for stable\n"
  373 "     releases this sentence is not needed. :) -->\n"
  374 "<!ENTITY translation-english \"\n"
  375 "     Note that this translated document may contain untranslated parts.\n"
  376 "     This is done on purpose, to avoid losing content when the\n"
  377 "     translation is lagging behind the original content.\n"
  378 "\">\n"
  379 msgstr ""
  380 
  381 #. type: Plain text
  382 #: apt.ent
  383 msgid ""
  384 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string "
  385 "e.g. -o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string "
  386 "\"config_string\">"
  387 msgstr ""
  388 
  389 #. type: Plain text
  390 #: apt.ent
  391 msgid ""
  392 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -c=config_file e.g. -c=./apt.conf --> <!ENTITY "
  393 "synopsis-config-file \"config_file\">"
  394 msgstr ""
  395 
  396 #. type: Plain text
  397 #: apt.ent
  398 msgid ""
  399 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release "
  400 "e.g. -t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release "
  401 "\"target_release\">"
  402 msgstr ""
  403 
  404 #. type: Plain text
  405 #: apt.ent
  406 msgid ""
  407 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -a=architecture e.g. -a=armel --> <!ENTITY "
  408 "synopsis-architecture \"architecture\">"
  409 msgstr ""
  410 
  411 #. type: Plain text
  412 #: apt.ent
  413 msgid ""
  414 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-get install pkg e.g. apt-get install awesome "
  415 "--> <!ENTITY synopsis-pkg \"pkg\">"
  416 msgstr ""
  417 
  418 #. type: Plain text
  419 #: apt.ent
  420 msgid ""
  421 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in pkg=pkg_version_number e.g. apt=0.8.15 --> "
  422 "<!ENTITY synopsis-pkg-ver-number \"pkg_version_number\">"
  423 msgstr ""
  424 
  425 #. type: Plain text
  426 #: apt.ent
  427 msgid ""
  428 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache pkgnames prefix e.g. apt-cache "
  429 "pkgnames apt --> <!ENTITY synopsis-prefix \"prefix\">"
  430 msgstr ""
  431 
  432 #. type: Plain text
  433 #: apt.ent
  434 msgid ""
  435 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache search regex e.g. apt-cache search "
  436 "awesome --> <!ENTITY synopsis-regex \"regex\">"
  437 msgstr ""
  438 
  439 #. type: Plain text
  440 #: apt.ent
  441 msgid ""
  442 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom "
  443 "-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">"
  444 msgstr ""
  445 
  446 #. type: Plain text
  447 #: apt.ent
  448 msgid ""
  449 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates -t=temporary_directory "
  450 "e.g. apt-extracttemplates -t=/tmp --> <!ENTITY synopsis-tmp-directory "
  451 "\"temporary_directory\">"
  452 msgstr ""
  453 
  454 #. type: Plain text
  455 #: apt.ent
  456 msgid ""
  457 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates filename --> <!ENTITY "
  458 "synopsis-filename \"filename\">"
  459 msgstr ""
  460 
  461 #. type: Plain text
  462 #: apt.ent
  463 msgid ""
  464 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
  465 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-path \"path\">"
  466 msgstr ""
  467 
  468 #. type: Plain text
  469 #: apt.ent
  470 msgid ""
  471 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
  472 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-override "
  473 "\"override-file\">"
  474 msgstr ""
  475 
  476 #. type: Plain text
  477 #: apt.ent
  478 msgid ""
  479 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
  480 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-pathprefix "
  481 "\"pathprefix\">"
  482 msgstr ""
  483 
  484 #. type: Plain text
  485 #: apt.ent
  486 msgid ""
  487 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
  488 "generate section --> <!ENTITY synopsis-section \"section\">"
  489 msgstr ""
  490 
  491 #. type: Plain text
  492 #: apt.ent
  493 msgid ""
  494 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-key export keyid e.g. apt-key export "
  495 "473041FA --> <!ENTITY synopsis-keyid \"keyid\">"
  496 msgstr ""
  497 
  498 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
  499 #: apt.8.xml apt-get.8.xml apt-cache.8.xml apt-key.8.xml apt-mark.8.xml
  500 #: apt-secure.8.xml apt-cdrom.8.xml apt-config.8.xml
  501 msgid "8"
  502 msgstr ""
  503 
  504 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
  505 #: apt.8.xml apt-get.8.xml apt-cache.8.xml apt-key.8.xml apt-mark.8.xml
  506 #: apt-secure.8.xml apt-cdrom.8.xml apt-config.8.xml apt.conf.5.xml
  507 #: apt_preferences.5.xml sources.list.5.xml apt-extracttemplates.1.xml
  508 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml apt-ftparchive.1.xml apt_auth.conf.5.xml
  509 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml apt-transport-https.1.xml
  510 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
  511 msgid "APT"
  512 msgstr ""
  513 
  514 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
  515 #: apt.8.xml
  516 msgid "command-line interface"
  517 msgstr ""
  518 
  519 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
  520 #: apt.8.xml apt-get.8.xml apt-cache.8.xml apt-key.8.xml apt-mark.8.xml
  521 #: apt-secure.8.xml apt-cdrom.8.xml apt-config.8.xml apt.conf.5.xml
  522 #: apt_preferences.5.xml sources.list.5.xml apt-extracttemplates.1.xml
  523 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml apt-ftparchive.1.xml apt_auth.conf.5.xml
  524 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml apt-transport-https.1.xml
  525 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
  526 msgid "Description"
  527 msgstr ""
  528 
  529 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
  530 #: apt.8.xml
  531 msgid ""
  532 "<command>apt</command> provides a high-level commandline interface for the "
  533 "package management system. It is intended as an end user interface and "
  534 "enables some options better suited for interactive usage by default compared "
  535 "to more specialized APT tools like &apt-get; and &apt-cache;."
  536 msgstr ""
  537 
  538 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
  539 #: apt.8.xml
  540 msgid ""
  541 "Much like <command>apt</command> itself, its manpage is intended as an end "
  542 "user interface and as such only mentions the most used commands and options "
  543 "partly to not duplicate information in multiple places and partly to avoid "
  544 "overwhelming readers with a cornucopia of options and details."
  545 msgstr ""
  546 
  547 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  548 #: apt.8.xml
  549 msgid "(&apt-get;)"
  550 msgstr ""
  551 
  552 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  553 #: apt.8.xml
  554 msgid ""
  555 "<option>update</option> is used to download package information from all "
  556 "configured sources. Other commands operate on this data to e.g. perform "
  557 "package upgrades or search in and display details about all packages "
  558 "available for installation."
  559 msgstr ""
  560 
  561 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  562 #: apt.8.xml
  563 msgid ""
  564 "<option>upgrade</option> is used to install available upgrades of all "
  565 "packages currently installed on the system from the sources configured via "
  566 "&sources-list;. New packages will be installed if required to satisfy "
  567 "dependencies, but existing packages will never be removed. If an upgrade for "
  568 "a package requires the removal of an installed package the upgrade for this "
  569 "package isn't performed."
  570 msgstr ""
  571 
  572 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  573 #: apt.8.xml
  574 msgid ""
  575 "<literal>full-upgrade</literal> performs the function of upgrade but will "
  576 "remove currently installed packages if this is needed to upgrade the system "
  577 "as a whole."
  578 msgstr ""
  579 
  580 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  581 #: apt.8.xml apt-key.8.xml sources.list.5.xml
  582 msgid ","
  583 msgstr ""
  584 
  585 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  586 #: apt.8.xml
  587 msgid ""
  588 "Performs the requested action on one or more packages specified via &regex;, "
  589 "&glob; or exact match. The requested action can be overridden for specific "
  590 "packages by append a plus (+) to the package name to install this package or "
  591 "a minus (-) to remove it."
  592 msgstr ""
  593 
  594 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  595 #: apt.8.xml
  596 msgid ""
  597 "A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
  598 "following the package name with an equals (=) and the version of the package "
  599 "to select. Alternatively the version from a specific release can be selected "
  600 "by following the package name with a forward slash (/) and codename "
  601 "(&debian-stable-codename;, &debian-testing-codename;, sid …) or suite name "
  602 "(stable, testing, unstable). This will also select versions from this "
  603 "release for dependencies of this package if needed to satisfy the request."
  604 msgstr ""
  605 
  606 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  607 #: apt.8.xml
  608 msgid ""
  609 "Removing a package removes all packaged data, but leaves usually small "
  610 "(modified) user configuration files behind, in case the remove was an "
  611 "accident. Just issuing an installation request for the accidentally removed "
  612 "package will restore its function as before in that case. On the other hand "
  613 "you can get rid of these leftovers by calling <command>purge</command> even "
  614 "on already removed packages. Note that this does not affect any data or "
  615 "configuration stored in your home directory."
  616 msgstr ""
  617 
  618 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  619 #: apt.8.xml
  620 msgid ""
  621 "<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
  622 "automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
  623 "now no longer needed as dependencies changed or the package(s)  needing them "
  624 "were removed in the meantime."
  625 msgstr ""
  626 
  627 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  628 #: apt.8.xml
  629 msgid ""
  630 "You should check that the list does not include applications you have grown "
  631 "to like even though they were once installed just as a dependency of another "
  632 "package. You can mark such a package as manually installed by using "
  633 "&apt-mark;. Packages which you have installed explicitly via "
  634 "<command>install</command> are also never proposed for automatic removal."
  635 msgstr ""
  636 
  637 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  638 #: apt.8.xml
  639 msgid "(&apt-cache;)"
  640 msgstr ""
  641 
  642 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  643 #: apt.8.xml
  644 msgid ""
  645 "<option>search</option> can be used to search for the given &regex; term(s) "
  646 "in the list of available packages and display matches.  This can e.g. be "
  647 "useful if you are looking for packages having a specific feature.  If you "
  648 "are looking for a package including a specific file try &apt-file;."
  649 msgstr ""
  650 
  651 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  652 #: apt.8.xml
  653 msgid ""
  654 "Show information about the given package(s) including its dependencies, "
  655 "installation and download size, sources the package is available from, the "
  656 "description of the packages content and much more. It can e.g. be helpful to "
  657 "look at this information before allowing &apt; to remove a package or while "
  658 "searching for new packages to install."
  659 msgstr ""
  660 
  661 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  662 #: apt.8.xml
  663 msgid "(work-in-progress)"
  664 msgstr ""
  665 
  666 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  667 #: apt.8.xml
  668 msgid ""
  669 "<option>list</option> is somewhat similar to <command>dpkg-query "
  670 "--list</command> in that it can display a list of packages satisfying "
  671 "certain criteria.  It supports &glob; patterns for matching package names as "
  672 "well as options to list installed (<option>--installed</option>), "
  673 "upgradeable (<option>--upgradeable</option>) or all available "
  674 "(<option>--all-versions</option>) versions."
  675 msgstr ""
  676 
  677 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  678 #: apt.8.xml
  679 msgid ""
  680 "<literal>edit-sources</literal> lets you edit your &sources-list; files in "
  681 "your preferred texteditor while also providing basic sanity checks."
  682 msgstr ""
  683 
  684 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
  685 #: apt.8.xml
  686 msgid "Script Usage and Differences from Other APT Tools"
  687 msgstr ""
  688 
  689 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
  690 #: apt.8.xml
  691 msgid ""
  692 "The &apt; commandline is designed as an end-user tool and it may change "
  693 "behavior between versions. While it tries not to break backward "
  694 "compatibility this is not guaranteed either if a change seems beneficial for "
  695 "interactive use."
  696 msgstr ""
  697 
  698 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
  699 #: apt.8.xml
  700 msgid ""
  701 "All features of &apt; are available in dedicated APT tools like &apt-get; "
  702 "and &apt-cache; as well.  &apt; just changes the default value of some "
  703 "options (see &apt-conf; and specifically the Binary scope). So you should "
  704 "prefer using these commands (potentially with some additional options "
  705 "enabled) in your scripts as they keep backward compatibility as much as "
  706 "possible."
  707 msgstr ""
  708 
  709 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
  710 #: apt.8.xml apt-get.8.xml apt-cache.8.xml apt-key.8.xml apt-mark.8.xml
  711 #: apt-secure.8.xml apt-cdrom.8.xml apt-config.8.xml apt.conf.5.xml
  712 #: apt_preferences.5.xml sources.list.5.xml apt-extracttemplates.1.xml
  713 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml apt-ftparchive.1.xml apt_auth.conf.5.xml
  714 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml apt-transport-https.1.xml
  715 msgid "See Also"
  716 msgstr ""
  717 
  718 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
  719 #: apt.8.xml
  720 msgid ""
  721 "&apt-get;, &apt-cache;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, The APT "
  722 "User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the APT Howto."
  723 msgstr ""
  724 
  725 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
  726 #: apt.8.xml apt-get.8.xml apt-cache.8.xml apt-mark.8.xml apt-cdrom.8.xml
  727 #: apt-config.8.xml apt-extracttemplates.1.xml apt-sortpkgs.1.xml
  728 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
  729 msgid "Diagnostics"
  730 msgstr ""
  731 
  732 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
  733 #: apt.8.xml
  734 msgid ""
  735 "<command>apt</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
  736 "error."
  737 msgstr ""
  738 
  739 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
  740 #: apt-get.8.xml
  741 msgid "APT package handling utility -- command-line interface"
  742 msgstr ""
  743 
  744 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
  745 #: apt-get.8.xml
  746 msgid ""
  747 "<command>apt-get</command> is the command-line tool for handling packages, "
  748 "and may be considered the user's \"back-end\" to other tools using the APT "
  749 "library.  Several \"front-end\" interfaces exist, such as &aptitude;, "
  750 "&synaptic; and &wajig;."
  751 msgstr ""
  752 
  753 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
  754 #: apt-get.8.xml apt-cache.8.xml apt-cdrom.8.xml apt-config.8.xml
  755 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
  756 msgid ""
  757 "Unless the <option>-h</option>, or <option>--help</option> option is given, "
  758 "one of the commands below must be present."
  759 msgstr ""
  760 
  761 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  762 #: apt-get.8.xml
  763 msgid ""
  764 "<literal>update</literal> is used to resynchronize the package index files "
  765 "from their sources. The indexes of available packages are fetched from the "
  766 "location(s) specified in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>.  For "
  767 "example, when using a Debian archive, this command retrieves and scans the "
  768 "<filename>Packages.gz</filename> files, so that information about new and "
  769 "updated packages is available. An <literal>update</literal> should always be "
  770 "performed before an <literal>upgrade</literal> or "
  771 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal>. Please be aware that the overall progress "
  772 "meter will be incorrect as the size of the package files cannot be known in "
  773 "advance."
  774 msgstr ""
  775 
  776 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  777 #: apt-get.8.xml
  778 msgid ""
  779 "<literal>upgrade</literal> is used to install the newest versions of all "
  780 "packages currently installed on the system from the sources enumerated in "
  781 "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Packages currently installed "
  782 "with new versions available are retrieved and upgraded; under no "
  783 "circumstances are currently installed packages removed, or packages not "
  784 "already installed retrieved and installed. New versions of currently "
  785 "installed packages that cannot be upgraded without changing the install "
  786 "status of another package will be left at their current version. An "
  787 "<literal>update</literal> must be performed first so that "
  788 "<command>apt-get</command> knows that new versions of packages are "
  789 "available."
  790 msgstr ""
  791 
  792 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  793 #: apt-get.8.xml
  794 msgid ""
  795 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> in addition to performing the function of "
  796 "<literal>upgrade</literal>, also intelligently handles changing dependencies "
  797 "with new versions of packages; <command>apt-get</command> has a \"smart\" "
  798 "conflict resolution system, and it will attempt to upgrade the most "
  799 "important packages at the expense of less important ones if necessary.  The "
  800 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> command may therefore remove some packages.  "
  801 "The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file contains a list of "
  802 "locations from which to retrieve desired package files.  See also "
  803 "&apt-preferences; for a mechanism for overriding the general settings for "
  804 "individual packages."
  805 msgstr ""
  806 
  807 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  808 #: apt-get.8.xml
  809 msgid ""
  810 "<literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> is used in conjunction with the "
  811 "traditional Debian packaging front-end, "
  812 "&dselect;. <literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> follows the changes made by "
  813 "&dselect; to the <literal>Status</literal> field of available packages, and "
  814 "performs the actions necessary to realize that state (for instance, the "
  815 "removal of old and the installation of new packages)."
  816 msgstr ""
  817 
  818 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  819 #: apt-get.8.xml
  820 msgid ""
  821 "<literal>install</literal> is followed by one or more packages desired for "
  822 "installation or upgrading.  Each package is a package name, not a fully "
  823 "qualified filename (for instance, in a Debian system, "
  824 "<package>apt-utils</package> would be the argument provided, not "
  825 "<filename>apt-utils_&apt-product-version;_amd64.deb</filename>). All "
  826 "packages required by the package(s) specified for installation will also be "
  827 "retrieved and installed.  The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> "
  828 "file is used to locate the desired packages. If a hyphen is appended to the "
  829 "package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
  830 "removed if it is installed.  Similarly a plus sign can be used to designate "
  831 "a package to install. These latter features may be used to override "
  832 "decisions made by apt-get's conflict resolution system."
  833 msgstr ""
  834 
  835 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  836 #: apt-get.8.xml
  837 msgid ""
  838 "A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
  839 "following the package name with an equals and the version of the package to "
  840 "select. This will cause that version to be located and selected for "
  841 "install. Alternatively a specific distribution can be selected by following "
  842 "the package name with a slash and the version of the distribution or the "
  843 "Archive name (stable, testing, unstable)."
  844 msgstr ""
  845 
  846 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  847 #: apt-get.8.xml
  848 msgid ""
  849 "Both of the version selection mechanisms can downgrade packages and must be "
  850 "used with care."
  851 msgstr ""
  852 
  853 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  854 #: apt-get.8.xml
  855 msgid ""
  856 "This is also the target to use if you want to upgrade one or more "
  857 "already-installed packages without upgrading every package you have on your "
  858 "system. Unlike the \"upgrade\" target, which installs the newest version of "
  859 "all currently installed packages, \"install\" will install the newest "
  860 "version of only the package(s)  specified. Simply provide the name of the "
  861 "package(s) you wish to upgrade, and if a newer version is available, it (and "
  862 "its dependencies, as described above) will be downloaded and installed."
  863 msgstr ""
  864 
  865 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  866 #: apt-get.8.xml
  867 msgid ""
  868 "Finally, the &apt-preferences; mechanism allows you to create an alternative "
  869 "installation policy for individual packages."
  870 msgstr ""
  871 
  872 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  873 #: apt-get.8.xml
  874 msgid ""
  875 "If no package matches the given expression and the expression contains one "
  876 "of '.', '?' or '*' then it is assumed to be a POSIX regular expression, and "
  877 "it is applied to all package names in the database. Any matches are then "
  878 "installed (or removed). Note that matching is done by substring so 'lo.*' "
  879 "matches 'how-lo' and 'lowest'. If this is undesired, anchor the regular "
  880 "expression with a '^' or '$' character, or create a more specific regular "
  881 "expression."
  882 msgstr ""
  883 
  884 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  885 #: apt-get.8.xml
  886 msgid ""
  887 "<literal>reinstall</literal> is an alias for <literal>install "
  888 "--reinstall</literal>."
  889 msgstr ""
  890 
  891 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  892 #: apt-get.8.xml
  893 msgid ""
  894 "<literal>remove</literal> is identical to <literal>install</literal> except "
  895 "that packages are removed instead of installed. Note that removing a package "
  896 "leaves its configuration files on the system. If a plus sign is appended to "
  897 "the package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
  898 "installed instead of removed."
  899 msgstr ""
  900 
  901 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  902 #: apt-get.8.xml
  903 msgid ""
  904 "<literal>purge</literal> is identical to <literal>remove</literal> except "
  905 "that packages are removed and purged (any configuration files are deleted "
  906 "too)."
  907 msgstr ""
  908 
  909 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  910 #: apt-get.8.xml
  911 msgid ""
  912 "<literal>source</literal> causes <command>apt-get</command> to fetch source "
  913 "packages. APT will examine the available packages to decide which source "
  914 "package to fetch. It will then find and download into the current directory "
  915 "the newest available version of that source package while respecting the "
  916 "default release, set with the option "
  917 "<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>, the <option>-t</option> option or "
  918 "per package with the <literal>pkg/release</literal> syntax, if possible."
  919 msgstr ""
  920 
  921 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  922 #: apt-get.8.xml
  923 msgid ""
  924 "The arguments are interpreted as binary and source package names.  See the "
  925 "<option>--only-source</option> option if you want to change that."
  926 msgstr ""
  927 
  928 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  929 #: apt-get.8.xml
  930 msgid ""
  931 "Source packages are tracked separately from binary packages via "
  932 "<literal>deb-src</literal> lines in the &sources-list; file. This means that "
  933 "you will need to add such a line for each repository you want to get sources "
  934 "from; otherwise you will probably get either the wrong (too old/too new) "
  935 "source versions or none at all."
  936 msgstr ""
  937 
  938 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  939 #: apt-get.8.xml
  940 msgid ""
  941 "If the <option>--compile</option> option is specified then the package will "
  942 "be compiled to a binary .deb using <command>dpkg-buildpackage</command> for "
  943 "the architecture as defined by the <command>--host-architecture</command> "
  944 "option.  If <option>--download-only</option> is specified then the source "
  945 "package will not be unpacked."
  946 msgstr ""
  947 
  948 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  949 #: apt-get.8.xml
  950 msgid ""
  951 "A specific source version can be retrieved by postfixing the source name "
  952 "with an equals and then the version to fetch, similar to the mechanism used "
  953 "for the package files. This enables exact matching of the source package "
  954 "name and version, implicitly enabling the "
  955 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal> option."
  956 msgstr ""
  957 
  958 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  959 #: apt-get.8.xml
  960 msgid ""
  961 "Note that source packages are not installed and tracked in the "
  962 "<command>dpkg</command> database like binary packages; they are simply "
  963 "downloaded to the current directory, like source tarballs."
  964 msgstr ""
  965 
  966 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  967 #: apt-get.8.xml
  968 msgid ""
  969 "<literal>build-dep</literal> causes apt-get to install/remove packages in an "
  970 "attempt to satisfy the build dependencies for a source package. By default "
  971 "the dependencies are satisfied to build the package natively. If desired a "
  972 "host-architecture can be specified with the "
  973 "<option>--host-architecture</option> option instead."
  974 msgstr ""
  975 
  976 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  977 #: apt-get.8.xml
  978 msgid ""
  979 "The arguments are interpreted as binary or source package names. See the "
  980 "<option>--only-source</option> option if you want to change that."
  981 msgstr ""
  982 
  983 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  984 #: apt-get.8.xml
  985 msgid ""
  986 "<literal>check</literal> is a diagnostic tool; it updates the package cache "
  987 "and checks for broken dependencies."
  988 msgstr ""
  989 
  990 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  991 #: apt-get.8.xml
  992 msgid ""
  993 "<literal>download</literal> will download the given binary package into the "
  994 "current directory."
  995 msgstr ""
  996 
  997 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  998 #: apt-get.8.xml
  999 msgid ""
 1000 "<literal>clean</literal> clears out the local repository of retrieved "
 1001 "package files. It removes everything but the lock file from "
 1002 "<filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename> and "
 1003 "<filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename>."
 1004 msgstr ""
 1005 
 1006 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1007 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1008 msgid "(and the"
 1009 msgstr ""
 1010 
 1011 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1012 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1013 msgid "alias since 1.1)"
 1014 msgstr ""
 1015 
 1016 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1017 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1018 msgid ""
 1019 "Like <literal>clean</literal>, <literal>autoclean</literal> clears out the "
 1020 "local repository of retrieved package files. The difference is that it only "
 1021 "removes package files that can no longer be downloaded, and are largely "
 1022 "useless. This allows a cache to be maintained over a long period without it "
 1023 "growing out of control. The configuration option "
 1024 "<literal>APT::Clean-Installed</literal> will prevent installed packages from "
 1025 "being erased if it is set to off."
 1026 msgstr ""
 1027 
 1028 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1029 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1030 msgid ""
 1031 "<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
 1032 "automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
 1033 "now no longer needed."
 1034 msgstr ""
 1035 
 1036 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1037 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1038 msgid ""
 1039 "<literal>changelog</literal> tries to download the changelog of a package "
 1040 "and displays it through <command>sensible-pager</command>.  By default it "
 1041 "displays the changelog for the version that is installed.  However, you can "
 1042 "specify the same options as for the <option>install</option> command."
 1043 msgstr ""
 1044 
 1045 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1046 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1047 msgid ""
 1048 "Displays by default a deb822 formatted listing of information about all data "
 1049 "files (aka index targets) <command>apt-get update</command> would "
 1050 "download. Supports a <option>--format</option> option to modify the output "
 1051 "format as well as accepts lines of the default output to filter the records "
 1052 "by. The command is mainly used as an interface for external tools working "
 1053 "with APT to get information as well as filenames for downloaded files so "
 1054 "they can use them as well instead of downloading them again on their "
 1055 "own. Detailed documentation is omitted here and can instead be found in the "
 1056 "file &apt-acquire-additional-files; shipped by the "
 1057 "<package>apt-doc</package> package."
 1058 msgstr ""
 1059 
 1060 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 1061 #: apt-get.8.xml apt-cache.8.xml apt-config.8.xml apt-extracttemplates.1.xml
 1062 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 1063 msgid "options"
 1064 msgstr ""
 1065 
 1066 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1067 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1068 msgid ""
 1069 "Do not consider recommended packages as a dependency for installing.  "
 1070 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Install-Recommends</literal>."
 1071 msgstr ""
 1072 
 1073 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1074 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1075 msgid ""
 1076 "Consider suggested packages as a dependency for installing.  Configuration "
 1077 "Item: <literal>APT::Install-Suggests</literal>."
 1078 msgstr ""
 1079 
 1080 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1081 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1082 msgid ""
 1083 "Download only; package files are only retrieved, not unpacked or installed.  "
 1084 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>."
 1085 msgstr ""
 1086 
 1087 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1088 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1089 msgid ""
 1090 "Fix; attempt to correct a system with broken dependencies in place. This "
 1091 "option, when used with install/remove, can omit any packages to permit APT "
 1092 "to deduce a likely solution. If packages are specified, these have to "
 1093 "completely correct the problem. The option is sometimes necessary when "
 1094 "running APT for the first time; APT itself does not allow broken package "
 1095 "dependencies to exist on a system. It is possible that a system's dependency "
 1096 "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually "
 1097 "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the "
 1098 "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> "
 1099 "may produce an error in some situations.  Configuration Item: "
 1100 "<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>."
 1101 msgstr ""
 1102 
 1103 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1104 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1105 msgid ""
 1106 "Ignore missing packages; if packages cannot be retrieved or fail the "
 1107 "integrity check after retrieval (corrupted package files), hold back those "
 1108 "packages and handle the result. Use of this option together with "
 1109 "<option>-f</option> may produce an error in some situations. If a package is "
 1110 "selected for installation (particularly if it is mentioned on the command "
 1111 "line) and it could not be downloaded then it will be silently held back.  "
 1112 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Fix-Missing</literal>."
 1113 msgstr ""
 1114 
 1115 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1116 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1117 msgid ""
 1118 "Disables downloading of packages. This is best used with "
 1119 "<option>--ignore-missing</option> to force APT to use only the .debs it has "
 1120 "already downloaded.  Configuration Item: "
 1121 "<literal>APT::Get::Download</literal>."
 1122 msgstr ""
 1123 
 1124 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1125 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1126 msgid ""
 1127 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators.  "
 1128 "More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
 1129 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
 1130 "file.  Note that quiet level 2 implies <option>-y</option>; you should never "
 1131 "use -qq without a no-action modifier such as -d, --print-uris or -s as APT "
 1132 "may decide to do something you did not expect.  Configuration Item: "
 1133 "<literal>quiet</literal>."
 1134 msgstr ""
 1135 
 1136 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1137 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1138 msgid ""
 1139 "No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur based on the "
 1140 "current system state but do not actually change the system. Locking will be "
 1141 "disabled (<option>Debug::NoLocking</option>)  so the system state could "
 1142 "change while <command>apt-get</command> is running. Simulations can also be "
 1143 "executed by non-root users which might not have read access to all apt "
 1144 "configuration distorting the simulation.  A notice expressing this warning "
 1145 "is also shown by default for non-root users "
 1146 "(<option>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</option>).  Configuration Item: "
 1147 "<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>."
 1148 msgstr ""
 1149 
 1150 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1151 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1152 msgid ""
 1153 "Simulated runs print out a series of lines, each representing a "
 1154 "<command>dpkg</command> operation: configure (<literal>Conf</literal>), "
 1155 "remove (<literal>Remv</literal>)  or unpack "
 1156 "(<literal>Inst</literal>). Square brackets indicate broken packages, and "
 1157 "empty square brackets indicate breaks that are of no consequence (rare)."
 1158 msgstr ""
 1159 
 1160 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1161 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1162 msgid ""
 1163 "Automatic yes to prompts; assume \"yes\" as answer to all prompts and run "
 1164 "non-interactively. If an undesirable situation, such as changing a held "
 1165 "package, trying to install an unauthenticated package or removing an "
 1166 "essential package occurs then <literal>apt-get</literal> will abort.  "
 1167 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>."
 1168 msgstr ""
 1169 
 1170 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1171 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1172 msgid ""
 1173 "Automatic \"no\" to all prompts.  Configuration Item: "
 1174 "<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>."
 1175 msgstr ""
 1176 
 1177 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1178 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1179 msgid ""
 1180 "Do not show a list of all packages that are to be upgraded.  Configuration "
 1181 "Item: <literal>APT::Get::Show-Upgraded</literal>."
 1182 msgstr ""
 1183 
 1184 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1185 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1186 msgid ""
 1187 "Show full versions for upgraded and installed packages.  Configuration Item: "
 1188 "<literal>APT::Get::Show-Versions</literal>."
 1189 msgstr ""
 1190 
 1191 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1192 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1193 msgid ""
 1194 "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by "
 1195 "<command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies "
 1196 "are satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host "
 1197 "architecture is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by "
 1198 "<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>).  Configuration Item: "
 1199 "<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>."
 1200 msgstr ""
 1201 
 1202 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1203 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1204 msgid ""
 1205 "This option controls the activated build profiles for which a source package "
 1206 "is built by <command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how build "
 1207 "dependencies are satisfied. By default no build profile is active.  More "
 1208 "than one build profile can be activated at a time by concatenating them with "
 1209 "a comma.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Build-Profiles</literal>."
 1210 msgstr ""
 1211 
 1212 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1213 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1214 msgid ""
 1215 "Compile source packages after downloading them.  Configuration Item: "
 1216 "<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>."
 1217 msgstr ""
 1218 
 1219 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1220 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1221 msgid ""
 1222 "Ignore package holds; this causes <command>apt-get</command> to ignore a "
 1223 "hold placed on a package. This may be useful in conjunction with "
 1224 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> to override a large number of undesired "
 1225 "holds.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Ignore-Hold</literal>."
 1226 msgstr ""
 1227 
 1228 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1229 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1230 msgid ""
 1231 "Allow installing new packages when used in conjunction with "
 1232 "<literal>upgrade</literal>.  This is useful if the update of an installed "
 1233 "package requires new dependencies to be installed. Instead of holding the "
 1234 "package back <literal>upgrade</literal> will upgrade the package and install "
 1235 "the new dependencies. Note that <literal>upgrade</literal> with this option "
 1236 "will never remove packages, only allow adding new ones.  Configuration Item: "
 1237 "<literal>APT::Get::Upgrade-Allow-New</literal>."
 1238 msgstr ""
 1239 
 1240 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1241 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1242 msgid ""
 1243 "Do not upgrade packages; when used in conjunction with "
 1244 "<literal>install</literal>, <literal>no-upgrade</literal> will prevent "
 1245 "packages on the command line from being upgraded if they are already "
 1246 "installed.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Upgrade</literal>."
 1247 msgstr ""
 1248 
 1249 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1250 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1251 msgid ""
 1252 "Do not install new packages; when used in conjunction with "
 1253 "<literal>install</literal>, <literal>only-upgrade</literal> will install "
 1254 "upgrades for already installed packages only and ignore requests to install "
 1255 "new packages.  Configuration Item: "
 1256 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Upgrade</literal>."
 1257 msgstr ""
 1258 
 1259 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1260 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1261 msgid ""
 1262 "This is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue without prompting "
 1263 "if it is doing downgrades. It should not be used except in very special "
 1264 "situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! Configuration "
 1265 "Item: <literal>APT::Get::allow-downgrades</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
 1266 msgstr ""
 1267 
 1268 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1269 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1270 msgid ""
 1271 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
 1272 "without prompting if it is removing essentials. It should not be used except "
 1273 "in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! "
 1274 "Configuration Item: "
 1275 "<literal>APT::Get::allow-remove-essential</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
 1276 msgstr ""
 1277 
 1278 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1279 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1280 msgid ""
 1281 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
 1282 "without prompting if it is changing held packages. It should not be used "
 1283 "except in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your "
 1284 "system! Configuration Item: "
 1285 "<literal>APT::Get::allow-change-held-packages</literal>. Introduced in APT "
 1286 "1.1."
 1287 msgstr ""
 1288 
 1289 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1290 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1291 msgid ""
 1292 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
 1293 "without prompting if it is doing something potentially harmful. It should "
 1294 "not be used except in very special situations. Using "
 1295 "<literal>force-yes</literal> can potentially destroy your system! "
 1296 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>. This is "
 1297 "deprecated and replaced by <option>--allow-unauthenticated</option> , "
 1298 "<option>--allow-downgrades</option> , "
 1299 "<option>--allow-remove-essential</option> , "
 1300 "<option>--allow-change-held-packages</option> in 1.1."
 1301 msgstr ""
 1302 
 1303 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1304 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1305 msgid ""
 1306 "Instead of fetching the files to install their URIs are printed. Each URI "
 1307 "will have the path, the destination file name, the size and the expected MD5 "
 1308 "hash. Note that the file name to write to will not always match the file "
 1309 "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> "
 1310 "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the "
 1311 "<literal>update</literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it "
 1312 "is up to the user to decompress any compressed files.  Configuration Item: "
 1313 "<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>."
 1314 msgstr ""
 1315 
 1316 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1317 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1318 msgid ""
 1319 "Use purge instead of remove for anything that would be removed.  An asterisk "
 1320 "(\"*\") will be displayed next to packages which are scheduled to be "
 1321 "purged. <option>remove --purge</option> is equivalent to the "
 1322 "<option>purge</option> command.  Configuration Item: "
 1323 "<literal>APT::Get::Purge</literal>."
 1324 msgstr ""
 1325 
 1326 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1327 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1328 msgid ""
 1329 "Re-install packages that are already installed and at the newest version.  "
 1330 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::ReInstall</literal>."
 1331 msgstr ""
 1332 
 1333 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1334 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1335 msgid ""
 1336 "This option is on by default; use <literal>--no-list-cleanup</literal> to "
 1337 "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically "
 1338 "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that "
 1339 "obsolete files are erased.  The only reason to turn it off is if you "
 1340 "frequently change your sources list.  Configuration Item: "
 1341 "<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>."
 1342 msgstr ""
 1343 
 1344 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1345 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1346 msgid ""
 1347 "This option controls the default input to the policy engine; it creates a "
 1348 "default pin at priority 990 using the specified release string.  This "
 1349 "overrides the general settings in "
 1350 "<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename>.  Specifically pinned packages are "
 1351 "not affected by the value of this option. In short, this option lets you "
 1352 "have simple control over which distribution packages will be retrieved "
 1353 "from. Some common examples might be <option>-t '2.1*'</option>, <option>-t "
 1354 "unstable</option> or <option>-t sid</option>.  Configuration Item: "
 1355 "<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>; see also the &apt-preferences; "
 1356 "manual page."
 1357 msgstr ""
 1358 
 1359 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1360 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1361 msgid ""
 1362 "Only perform operations that are 'trivial'. Logically this can be considered "
 1363 "related to <option>--assume-yes</option>; where "
 1364 "<option>--assume-yes</option> will answer yes to any prompt, "
 1365 "<option>--trivial-only</option> will answer no.  Configuration Item: "
 1366 "<literal>APT::Get::Trivial-Only</literal>."
 1367 msgstr ""
 1368 
 1369 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1370 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1371 msgid ""
 1372 "If any packages are to be removed apt-get immediately aborts without "
 1373 "prompting.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>."
 1374 msgstr ""
 1375 
 1376 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1377 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1378 msgid ""
 1379 "If the command is either <literal>install</literal> or "
 1380 "<literal>remove</literal>, then this option acts like running the "
 1381 "<literal>autoremove</literal> command, removing unused dependency "
 1382 "packages. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>."
 1383 msgstr ""
 1384 
 1385 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1386 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1387 msgid ""
 1388 "Only has meaning for the <literal>source</literal> and "
 1389 "<literal>build-dep</literal> commands.  Indicates that the given source "
 1390 "names are not to be mapped through the binary table.  This means that if "
 1391 "this option is specified, these commands will only accept source package "
 1392 "names as arguments, rather than accepting binary package names and looking "
 1393 "up the corresponding source package.  Configuration Item: "
 1394 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal>."
 1395 msgstr ""
 1396 
 1397 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1398 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1399 msgid ""
 1400 "Download only the diff, dsc, or tar file of a source archive.  Configuration "
 1401 "Item: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, "
 1402 "<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal>, and "
 1403 "<literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>."
 1404 msgstr ""
 1405 
 1406 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1407 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1408 msgid ""
 1409 "Only process architecture-dependent build-dependencies.  Configuration Item: "
 1410 "<literal>APT::Get::Arch-Only</literal>."
 1411 msgstr ""
 1412 
 1413 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1414 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1415 msgid ""
 1416 "Only process architecture-independent build-dependencies.  Configuration "
 1417 "Item: <literal>APT::Get::Indep-Only</literal>."
 1418 msgstr ""
 1419 
 1420 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1421 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1422 msgid ""
 1423 "Ignore if packages can't be authenticated and don't prompt about it.  This "
 1424 "can be useful while working with local repositories, but is a huge security "
 1425 "risk if data authenticity isn't ensured in another way by the user itself.  "
 1426 "The usage of the <option>Trusted</option> option for &sources-list; entries "
 1427 "should usually be preferred over this global override.  Configuration Item: "
 1428 "<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>."
 1429 msgstr ""
 1430 
 1431 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1432 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1433 msgid ""
 1434 "Forbid the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured "
 1435 "sources. APT will fail at the update command for repositories without valid "
 1436 "cryptographically signatures. See also &apt-secure; for details on the "
 1437 "concept and the implications.  Configuration Item: "
 1438 "<literal>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>."
 1439 msgstr ""
 1440 
 1441 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1442 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1443 msgid ""
 1444 "Allow the update command to continue downloading data from a repository "
 1445 "which changed its information of the release contained in the repository "
 1446 "indicating e.g a new major release.  APT will fail at the update command for "
 1447 "such repositories until the change is confirmed to ensure the user is "
 1448 "prepared for the change.  See also &apt-secure; for details on the concept "
 1449 "and configuration."
 1450 msgstr ""
 1451 
 1452 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1453 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1454 msgid ""
 1455 "Specialist options "
 1456 "(<literal>--allow-releaseinfo-change-</literal><replaceable>field</replaceable>)  "
 1457 "exist to allow changes only for certain fields like "
 1458 "<literal>origin</literal>, <literal>label</literal>, "
 1459 "<literal>codename</literal>, <literal>suite</literal>, "
 1460 "<literal>version</literal> and <literal>defaultpin</literal>. See also "
 1461 "&apt-preferences;.  Configuration Item: "
 1462 "<literal>Acquire::AllowReleaseInfoChange</literal>."
 1463 msgstr ""
 1464 
 1465 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1466 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1467 msgid ""
 1468 "Show user friendly progress information in the terminal window when packages "
 1469 "are installed, upgraded or removed. For a machine parsable version of this "
 1470 "data see README.progress-reporting in the apt doc directory.  Configuration "
 1471 "Items: <literal>Dpkg::Progress</literal> and "
 1472 "<literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</literal>."
 1473 msgstr ""
 1474 
 1475 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1476 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1477 msgid ""
 1478 "Adds the given file as a source for metadata. Can be repeated to add "
 1479 "multiple files.  See <option>--with-source</option> description in "
 1480 "&apt-cache; for further details."
 1481 msgstr ""
 1482 
 1483 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 1484 #: apt-get.8.xml apt-cache.8.xml apt-key.8.xml apt-mark.8.xml apt.conf.5.xml
 1485 #: apt_preferences.5.xml apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 1486 msgid "Files"
 1487 msgstr ""
 1488 
 1489 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 1490 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1491 msgid ""
 1492 "&apt-cache;, &apt-cdrom;, &dpkg;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, "
 1493 "&apt-secure;, The APT User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the "
 1494 "APT Howto."
 1495 msgstr ""
 1496 
 1497 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 1498 #: apt-get.8.xml
 1499 msgid ""
 1500 "<command>apt-get</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
 1501 "error."
 1502 msgstr ""
 1503 
 1504 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 1505 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1506 msgid "query the APT cache"
 1507 msgstr ""
 1508 
 1509 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 1510 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1511 msgid ""
 1512 "<command>apt-cache</command> performs a variety of operations on APT's "
 1513 "package cache. <command>apt-cache</command> does not manipulate the state of "
 1514 "the system but does provide operations to search and generate interesting "
 1515 "output from the package metadata. The metadata is acquired and updated via "
 1516 "the 'update' command of e.g. <command>apt-get</command>, so that it can be "
 1517 "outdated if the last update is too long ago, but in exchange "
 1518 "<command>apt-cache</command> works independently of the availability of the "
 1519 "configured sources (e.g. offline)."
 1520 msgstr ""
 1521 
 1522 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1523 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1524 msgid ""
 1525 "<literal>gencaches</literal> creates APT's package cache. This is done "
 1526 "implicitly by all commands needing this cache if it is missing or outdated."
 1527 msgstr ""
 1528 
 1529 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
 1530 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1531 msgid "&synopsis-pkg;"
 1532 msgstr ""
 1533 
 1534 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1535 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1536 msgid ""
 1537 "<literal>showpkg</literal> displays information about the packages listed on "
 1538 "the command line. Remaining arguments are package names. The available "
 1539 "versions and reverse dependencies of each package listed are listed, as well "
 1540 "as forward dependencies for each version. Forward (normal)  dependencies are "
 1541 "those packages upon which the package in question depends; reverse "
 1542 "dependencies are those packages that depend upon the package in "
 1543 "question. Thus, forward dependencies must be satisfied for a package, but "
 1544 "reverse dependencies need not be.  For instance, <command>apt-cache showpkg "
 1545 "libreadline2</command> would produce output similar to the following:"
 1546 msgstr ""
 1547 
 1548 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
 1549 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1550 #, no-wrap
 1551 msgid ""
 1552 "Package: libreadline2\n"
 1553 "Versions: 2.1-12(/var/state/apt/lists/foo_Packages),\n"
 1554 "Reverse Depends: \n"
 1555 "  libreadlineg2,libreadline2\n"
 1556 "  libreadline2-altdev,libreadline2\n"
 1557 "Dependencies:\n"
 1558 "2.1-12 - libc5 (2 5.4.0-0) ncurses3.0 (0 (null))\n"
 1559 "Provides:\n"
 1560 "2.1-12 - \n"
 1561 "Reverse Provides: \n"
 1562 msgstr ""
 1563 
 1564 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1565 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1566 msgid ""
 1567 "Thus it may be seen that libreadline2, version 2.1-12, depends on libc5 and "
 1568 "ncurses3.0 which must be installed for libreadline2 to work.  In turn, "
 1569 "libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev depend on libreadline2. If "
 1570 "libreadline2 is installed, libc5 and ncurses3.0 (and ldso) must also be "
 1571 "installed; libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev do not have to be "
 1572 "installed. For the specific meaning of the remainder of the output it is "
 1573 "best to consult the apt source code."
 1574 msgstr ""
 1575 
 1576 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1577 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1578 msgid ""
 1579 "<literal>stats</literal> displays some statistics about the cache.  No "
 1580 "further arguments are expected. Statistics reported are:"
 1581 msgstr ""
 1582 
 1583 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1584 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1585 msgid ""
 1586 "<literal>Total package names</literal> is the number of package names found "
 1587 "in the cache."
 1588 msgstr ""
 1589 
 1590 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1591 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1592 msgid ""
 1593 "<literal>Normal packages</literal> is the number of regular, ordinary "
 1594 "package names; these are packages that bear a one-to-one correspondence "
 1595 "between their names and the names used by other packages for them in "
 1596 "dependencies. The majority of packages fall into this category."
 1597 msgstr ""
 1598 
 1599 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1600 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1601 msgid ""
 1602 "<literal>Pure virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
 1603 "exist only as a virtual package name; that is, packages only \"provide\" the "
 1604 "virtual package name, and no package actually uses the name. For instance, "
 1605 "\"mail-transport-agent\" in the Debian system is a pure virtual package; "
 1606 "several packages provide \"mail-transport-agent\", but there is no package "
 1607 "named \"mail-transport-agent\"."
 1608 msgstr ""
 1609 
 1610 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1611 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1612 msgid ""
 1613 "<literal>Single virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages with "
 1614 "only one package providing a particular virtual package. For example, in the "
 1615 "Debian system, \"X11-text-viewer\" is a virtual package, but only one "
 1616 "package, xless, provides \"X11-text-viewer\"."
 1617 msgstr ""
 1618 
 1619 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1620 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1621 msgid ""
 1622 "<literal>Mixed virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
 1623 "either provide a particular virtual package or have the virtual package name "
 1624 "as the package name. For instance, in the Debian system, \"debconf\" is both "
 1625 "an actual package, and provided by the debconf-tiny package."
 1626 msgstr ""
 1627 
 1628 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1629 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1630 msgid ""
 1631 "<literal>Missing</literal> is the number of package names that were "
 1632 "referenced in a dependency but were not provided by any package. Missing "
 1633 "packages may be an evidence if a full distribution is not accessed, or if a "
 1634 "package (real or virtual) has been dropped from the distribution. Usually "
 1635 "they are referenced from Conflicts or Breaks statements."
 1636 msgstr ""
 1637 
 1638 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1639 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1640 msgid ""
 1641 "<literal>Total distinct</literal> versions is the number of package versions "
 1642 "found in the cache. If more than one distribution is being accessed (for "
 1643 "instance, \"stable\" and \"unstable\"), this value can be considerably "
 1644 "larger than the number of total package names."
 1645 msgstr ""
 1646 
 1647 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1648 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1649 msgid ""
 1650 "<literal>Total dependencies</literal> is the number of dependency "
 1651 "relationships claimed by all of the packages in the cache."
 1652 msgstr ""
 1653 
 1654 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1655 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1656 msgid ""
 1657 "<literal>showsrc</literal> displays all the source package records that "
 1658 "match the given package names. All versions are shown, as well as all "
 1659 "records that declare the name to be a binary package. Use "
 1660 "<option>--only-source</option> to display only source package names."
 1661 msgstr ""
 1662 
 1663 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1664 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1665 msgid ""
 1666 "<literal>dump</literal> shows a short listing of every package in the "
 1667 "cache. It is primarily for debugging."
 1668 msgstr ""
 1669 
 1670 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1671 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1672 msgid ""
 1673 "<literal>dumpavail</literal> prints out an available list to stdout. This is "
 1674 "suitable for use with &dpkg; and is used by the &dselect; method."
 1675 msgstr ""
 1676 
 1677 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1678 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1679 msgid ""
 1680 "<literal>unmet</literal> displays a summary of all unmet dependencies in the "
 1681 "package cache."
 1682 msgstr ""
 1683 
 1684 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1685 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1686 msgid ""
 1687 "<literal>show</literal> performs a function similar to <command>dpkg "
 1688 "--print-avail</command>; it displays the package records for the named "
 1689 "packages."
 1690 msgstr ""
 1691 
 1692 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
 1693 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1694 msgid "&synopsis-regex;"
 1695 msgstr ""
 1696 
 1697 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1698 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1699 msgid ""
 1700 "<literal>search</literal> performs a full text search on all available "
 1701 "package lists for the POSIX regex pattern given, see &regex;.  It searches "
 1702 "the package names and the descriptions for an occurrence of the regular "
 1703 "expression and prints out the package name and the short description, "
 1704 "including virtual package names.  If <option>--full</option> is given then "
 1705 "output identical to <literal>show</literal> is produced for each matched "
 1706 "package, and if <option>--names-only</option> is given then the long "
 1707 "description is not searched, only the package name and provided packages "
 1708 "are."
 1709 msgstr ""
 1710 
 1711 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1712 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1713 msgid ""
 1714 "Separate arguments can be used to specify multiple search patterns that are "
 1715 "and'ed together."
 1716 msgstr ""
 1717 
 1718 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1719 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1720 msgid ""
 1721 "<literal>depends</literal> shows a listing of each dependency a package has "
 1722 "and all the possible other packages that can fulfill that dependency."
 1723 msgstr ""
 1724 
 1725 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1726 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1727 msgid ""
 1728 "<literal>rdepends</literal> shows a listing of each reverse dependency a "
 1729 "package has."
 1730 msgstr ""
 1731 
 1732 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1733 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1734 msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-prefix;</replaceable></optional>"
 1735 msgstr ""
 1736 
 1737 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1738 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1739 msgid ""
 1740 "This command prints the name of each package APT knows. The optional "
 1741 "argument is a prefix match to filter the name list. The output is suitable "
 1742 "for use in a shell tab complete function and the output is generated "
 1743 "extremely quickly. This command is best used with the "
 1744 "<option>--generate</option> option."
 1745 msgstr ""
 1746 
 1747 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1748 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1749 msgid ""
 1750 "Note that a package which APT knows of is not necessarily available to "
 1751 "download, installable or installed, e.g. virtual packages are also listed in "
 1752 "the generated list."
 1753 msgstr ""
 1754 
 1755 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1756 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1757 msgid ""
 1758 "<literal>dotty</literal> takes a list of packages on the command line and "
 1759 "generates output suitable for use by dotty from the <ulink "
 1760 "url=\"http://www.research.att.com/sw/tools/graphviz/\">GraphViz</ulink> "
 1761 "package. The result will be a set of nodes and edges representing the "
 1762 "relationships between the packages. By default the given packages will trace "
 1763 "out all dependent packages; this can produce a very large graph.  To limit "
 1764 "the output to only the packages listed on the command line, set the "
 1765 "<literal>APT::Cache::GivenOnly</literal> option."
 1766 msgstr ""
 1767 
 1768 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1769 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1770 msgid ""
 1771 "The resulting nodes will have several shapes; normal packages are boxes, "
 1772 "pure virtual packages are triangles, mixed virtual packages are diamonds, "
 1773 "missing packages are hexagons. Orange boxes mean recursion was stopped (leaf "
 1774 "packages), blue lines are pre-depends, green lines are conflicts."
 1775 msgstr ""
 1776 
 1777 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1778 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1779 msgid "Caution, dotty cannot graph larger sets of packages."
 1780 msgstr ""
 1781 
 1782 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1783 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1784 msgid ""
 1785 "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink "
 1786 "url=\"http://rw4.cs.uni-sb.de/users/sander/html/gsvcg1.html\">VCG "
 1787 "tool</ulink>."
 1788 msgstr ""
 1789 
 1790 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1791 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1792 msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-pkg;</replaceable>…</optional>"
 1793 msgstr ""
 1794 
 1795 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1796 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1797 msgid ""
 1798 "<literal>policy</literal> is meant to help debug issues relating to the "
 1799 "preferences file. With no arguments it will print out the priorities of each "
 1800 "source. Otherwise it prints out detailed information about the priority "
 1801 "selection of the named package."
 1802 msgstr ""
 1803 
 1804 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1805 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1806 msgid ""
 1807 "<literal>apt-cache</literal>'s <literal>madison</literal> command attempts "
 1808 "to mimic the output format and a subset of the functionality of the Debian "
 1809 "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>.  It displays available "
 1810 "versions of a package in a tabular format.  Unlike the original "
 1811 "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the "
 1812 "architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists "
 1813 "(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)."
 1814 msgstr ""
 1815 
 1816 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1817 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1818 msgid ""
 1819 "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary "
 1820 "cache used by all operations.  Configuration Item: "
 1821 "<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>."
 1822 msgstr ""
 1823 
 1824 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1825 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1826 msgid ""
 1827 "Select the file to store the source cache. The source is used only by "
 1828 "<literal>gencaches</literal> and it stores a parsed version of the package "
 1829 "information from remote sources. When building the package cache the source "
 1830 "cache is used to avoid reparsing all of the package files.  Configuration "
 1831 "Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::srcpkgcache</literal>."
 1832 msgstr ""
 1833 
 1834 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1835 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1836 msgid ""
 1837 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators.  "
 1838 "More q's will produce more quietness up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
 1839 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quietness level, overriding the "
 1840 "configuration file.  Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
 1841 msgstr ""
 1842 
 1843 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1844 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1845 msgid ""
 1846 "Print only important dependencies; for use with <literal>unmet</literal> and "
 1847 "<literal>depends</literal>. Causes only Depends and Pre-Depends relations to "
 1848 "be printed.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>."
 1849 msgstr ""
 1850 
 1851 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1852 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1853 msgid ""
 1854 "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> "
 1855 "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit "
 1856 "the specified dependency type.  Configuration Item: "
 1857 "<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> "
 1858 "e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>."
 1859 msgstr ""
 1860 
 1861 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1862 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1863 msgid ""
 1864 "Per default <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> print "
 1865 "only dependencies explicitly expressed in the metadata. With this flag it "
 1866 "will also show dependencies implicitly added based on the encountered data.  "
 1867 "A <literal>Conflicts: foo</literal> e.g. expresses implicitly that this "
 1868 "package also conflicts with the package foo from any other architecture.  "
 1869 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::ShowImplicit</literal>."
 1870 msgstr ""
 1871 
 1872 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1873 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1874 msgid ""
 1875 "Print full package records when searching.  Configuration Item: "
 1876 "<literal>APT::Cache::ShowFull</literal>."
 1877 msgstr ""
 1878 
 1879 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1880 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1881 msgid ""
 1882 "Print full records for all available versions. This is the default; to turn "
 1883 "it off, use <option>--no-all-versions</option>.  If "
 1884 "<option>--no-all-versions</option> is specified, only the candidate version "
 1885 "will be displayed (the one which would be selected for installation).  This "
 1886 "option is only applicable to the <literal>show</literal> command.  "
 1887 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::AllVersions</literal>."
 1888 msgstr ""
 1889 
 1890 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1891 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1892 msgid ""
 1893 "Perform automatic package cache regeneration, rather than use the cache as "
 1894 "it is. This is the default; to turn it off, use "
 1895 "<option>--no-generate</option>.  Configuration Item: "
 1896 "<literal>APT::Cache::Generate</literal>."
 1897 msgstr ""
 1898 
 1899 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1900 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1901 msgid ""
 1902 "Only search on the package and provided package names, not the long "
 1903 "descriptions.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>."
 1904 msgstr ""
 1905 
 1906 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1907 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1908 msgid ""
 1909 "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages "
 1910 "and missing dependencies.  Configuration Item: "
 1911 "<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>."
 1912 msgstr ""
 1913 
 1914 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1915 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1916 msgid ""
 1917 "Make <literal>depends</literal> and <literal>rdepends</literal> recursive so "
 1918 "that all packages mentioned are printed once.  Configuration Item: "
 1919 "<literal>APT::Cache::RecurseDepends</literal>."
 1920 msgstr ""
 1921 
 1922 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1923 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1924 msgid ""
 1925 "Limit the output of <literal>depends</literal> and "
 1926 "<literal>rdepends</literal> to packages which are currently installed.  "
 1927 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>."
 1928 msgstr ""
 1929 
 1930 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1931 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1932 msgid ""
 1933 "Adds the given file as a source for metadata. Can be repeated to add "
 1934 "multiple files.  Supported are currently <literal>*.deb</literal>, "
 1935 "<literal>*.dsc</literal>, <literal>*.changes</literal>, "
 1936 "<literal>Sources</literal> and <literal>Packages</literal> files as well as "
 1937 "source package directories.  Files are matched based on their name only, not "
 1938 "their content!"
 1939 msgstr ""
 1940 
 1941 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1942 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1943 msgid ""
 1944 "<literal>Sources</literal> and <literal>Packages</literal> can be compressed "
 1945 "in any format apt supports as long as they have the correct extension. If "
 1946 "you need to store multiple of these files in one directory you can prefix a "
 1947 "name of your choice with the last character being an underscore "
 1948 "(\"<literal>_</literal>\"). Example: my.example_Packages.xz"
 1949 msgstr ""
 1950 
 1951 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1952 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1953 msgid ""
 1954 "Note that these sources are treated as trusted (see &apt-secure;).  "
 1955 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Sources::With</literal>."
 1956 msgstr ""
 1957 
 1958 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 1959 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1960 msgid "&apt-conf;, &sources-list;, &apt-get;"
 1961 msgstr ""
 1962 
 1963 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 1964 #: apt-cache.8.xml
 1965 msgid ""
 1966 "<command>apt-cache</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
 1967 "on error."
 1968 msgstr ""
 1969 
 1970 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 1971 #: apt-key.8.xml
 1972 msgid "APT key management utility"
 1973 msgstr ""
 1974 
 1975 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 1976 #: apt-key.8.xml
 1977 msgid ""
 1978 "<command>apt-key</command> is used to manage the list of keys used by apt to "
 1979 "authenticate packages.  Packages which have been authenticated using these "
 1980 "keys will be considered trusted."
 1981 msgstr ""
 1982 
 1983 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 1984 #: apt-key.8.xml
 1985 msgid ""
 1986 "Note that if usage of <command>apt-key</command> is desired the additional "
 1987 "installation of the GNU Privacy Guard suite (packaged in "
 1988 "<package>gnupg</package>) is required. For this reason alone the "
 1989 "programmatic usage (especially in package maintainerscripts!) is strongly "
 1990 "discouraged.  Further more the output format of all commands is undefined "
 1991 "and can and does change whenever the underlying commands "
 1992 "change. <command>apt-key</command> will try to detect such usage and "
 1993 "generates warnings on stderr in these cases."
 1994 msgstr ""
 1995 
 1996 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 1997 #: apt-key.8.xml
 1998 msgid "Supported keyring files"
 1999 msgstr ""
 2000 
 2001 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2002 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2003 msgid ""
 2004 "apt-key supports only the binary OpenPGP format (also known as \"GPG key "
 2005 "public ring\") in files with the \"<literal>gpg</literal>\" extension, not "
 2006 "the keybox database format introduced in newer &gpg; versions as default for "
 2007 "keyring files. Binary keyring files intended to be used with any apt version "
 2008 "should therefore always be created with <command>gpg --export</command>."
 2009 msgstr ""
 2010 
 2011 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2012 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2013 msgid ""
 2014 "Alternatively, if all systems which should be using the created keyring have "
 2015 "at least apt version >= 1.4 installed, you can use the ASCII armored format "
 2016 "with the \"<literal>asc</literal>\" extension instead which can be created "
 2017 "with <command>gpg --armor --export</command>."
 2018 msgstr ""
 2019 
 2020 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2021 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2022 msgid "Commands"
 2023 msgstr ""
 2024 
 2025 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2026 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2027 msgid ""
 2028 "Add a new key to the list of trusted keys.  The key is read from the "
 2029 "filename given with the parameter &synopsis-param-filename; or if the "
 2030 "filename is <literal>-</literal> from standard input."
 2031 msgstr ""
 2032 
 2033 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2034 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2035 msgid ""
 2036 "It is critical that keys added manually via <command>apt-key</command> are "
 2037 "verified to belong to the owner of the repositories they claim to be for "
 2038 "otherwise the &apt-secure; infrastructure is completely undermined."
 2039 msgstr ""
 2040 
 2041 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2042 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2043 msgid ""
 2044 "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: Instead of using this command a keyring should be "
 2045 "placed directly in the <filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename> "
 2046 "directory with a descriptive name and either \"<literal>gpg</literal>\" or "
 2047 "\"<literal>asc</literal>\" as file extension."
 2048 msgstr ""
 2049 
 2050 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2051 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2052 msgid "Remove a key from the list of trusted keys."
 2053 msgstr ""
 2054 
 2055 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2056 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2057 msgid "Output the key &synopsis-param-keyid; to standard output."
 2058 msgstr ""
 2059 
 2060 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2061 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2062 msgid "Output all trusted keys to standard output."
 2063 msgstr ""
 2064 
 2065 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2066 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2067 msgid "List trusted keys with fingerprints."
 2068 msgstr ""
 2069 
 2070 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2071 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2072 msgid ""
 2073 "Pass advanced options to gpg. With <command>adv --recv-key</command> you can "
 2074 "e.g. download key from keyservers directly into the trusted set of "
 2075 "keys. Note that there are <emphasis>no</emphasis> checks performed, so it is "
 2076 "easy to completely undermine the &apt-secure; infrastructure if used without "
 2077 "care."
 2078 msgstr ""
 2079 
 2080 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2081 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2082 msgid "(deprecated)"
 2083 msgstr ""
 2084 
 2085 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2086 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2087 msgid ""
 2088 "Update the local keyring with the archive keyring and remove from the local "
 2089 "keyring the archive keys which are no longer valid.  The archive keyring is "
 2090 "shipped in the <literal>archive-keyring</literal> package of your "
 2091 "distribution, e.g. the &keyring-package; package in &keyring-distro;."
 2092 msgstr ""
 2093 
 2094 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2095 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2096 msgid ""
 2097 "Note that a distribution does not need to and in fact should not use this "
 2098 "command any longer and instead ship keyring files in the "
 2099 "<filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename> directory directly as this "
 2100 "avoids a dependency on <package>gnupg</package> and it is easier to manage "
 2101 "keys by simply adding and removing files for maintainers and users alike."
 2102 msgstr ""
 2103 
 2104 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2105 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2106 msgid ""
 2107 "Perform an update working similarly to the <command>update</command> command "
 2108 "above, but get the archive keyring from a URI instead and validate it "
 2109 "against a master key.  This requires an installed &wget; and an APT build "
 2110 "configured to have a server to fetch from and a master keyring to validate.  "
 2111 "APT in Debian does not support this command, relying on "
 2112 "<command>update</command> instead, but Ubuntu's APT does."
 2113 msgstr ""
 2114 
 2115 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2116 #: apt-key.8.xml apt-mark.8.xml apt-cdrom.8.xml apt-transport-http.1.xml
 2117 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 2118 msgid "Options"
 2119 msgstr ""
 2120 
 2121 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2122 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2123 msgid ""
 2124 "Note that options need to be defined before the commands described in the "
 2125 "previous section."
 2126 msgstr ""
 2127 
 2128 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2129 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2130 msgid ""
 2131 "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the "
 2132 "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on the "
 2133 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the "
 2134 "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though "
 2135 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that "
 2136 "e.g. new keys are added to this one."
 2137 msgstr ""
 2138 
 2139 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2140 #: apt-key.8.xml
 2141 msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-secure;"
 2142 msgstr ""
 2143 
 2144 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 2145 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2146 msgid "show, set and unset various settings for a package"
 2147 msgstr ""
 2148 
 2149 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2150 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2151 msgid ""
 2152 "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set "
 2153 "various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being "
 2154 "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> "
 2155 "selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected "
 2156 "e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or "
 2157 "<command>aptitude</command>."
 2158 msgstr ""
 2159 
 2160 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2161 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2162 msgid "Automatically and Manually Installed Packages"
 2163 msgstr ""
 2164 
 2165 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2166 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2167 msgid ""
 2168 "When you request that a package is installed, and as a result other packages "
 2169 "are installed to satisfy its dependencies, the dependencies are marked as "
 2170 "being automatically installed, while the package you installed explicitly is "
 2171 "marked as manually installed.  Once an automatically installed package is no "
 2172 "longer depended on by any manually installed package it is considered no "
 2173 "longer needed and e.g. <command>apt-get</command> or "
 2174 "<command>aptitude</command> will at least suggest removing them."
 2175 msgstr ""
 2176 
 2177 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2178 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2179 msgid ""
 2180 "<literal>auto</literal> is used to mark a package as being automatically "
 2181 "installed, which will cause the package to be removed when no more manually "
 2182 "installed packages depend on this package."
 2183 msgstr ""
 2184 
 2185 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2186 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2187 msgid ""
 2188 "<literal>manual</literal> is used to mark a package as being manually "
 2189 "installed, which will prevent the package from being automatically removed "
 2190 "if no other packages depend on it."
 2191 msgstr ""
 2192 
 2193 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2194 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2195 msgid ""
 2196 "<literal>minimize-manual</literal> is used to mark (transitive) dependencies "
 2197 "of metapackages as automatically installed.  This can be used after an "
 2198 "installation for example, to minimize the number of manually installed "
 2199 "packages; or continuously on systems managed by system configuration "
 2200 "metapackages."
 2201 msgstr ""
 2202 
 2203 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2204 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2205 msgid ""
 2206 "<literal>showauto</literal> is used to print a list of automatically "
 2207 "installed packages with each package on a new line.  All automatically "
 2208 "installed packages will be listed if no package is given.  If packages are "
 2209 "given only those which are automatically installed will be shown."
 2210 msgstr ""
 2211 
 2212 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2213 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2214 msgid ""
 2215 "<literal>showmanual</literal> can be used in the same way as "
 2216 "<literal>showauto</literal> except that it will print a list of manually "
 2217 "installed packages instead."
 2218 msgstr ""
 2219 
 2220 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2221 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2222 msgid ""
 2223 "Read/Write package stats from the filename given with the parameter "
 2224 "&synopsis-param-filename; instead of from the default location, which is "
 2225 "<filename>extended_status</filename> in the directory defined by the "
 2226 "Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State</literal>."
 2227 msgstr ""
 2228 
 2229 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2230 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2231 msgid "Prevent Changes for a Package"
 2232 msgstr ""
 2233 
 2234 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2235 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2236 msgid ""
 2237 "<literal>hold</literal> is used to mark a package as held back, which will "
 2238 "prevent the package from being automatically installed, upgraded or removed."
 2239 msgstr ""
 2240 
 2241 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2242 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2243 msgid ""
 2244 "<literal>unhold</literal> is used to cancel a previously set hold on a "
 2245 "package to allow all actions again."
 2246 msgstr ""
 2247 
 2248 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2249 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2250 msgid ""
 2251 "<literal>showhold</literal> is used to print a list of packages on hold in "
 2252 "the same way as for the other show commands."
 2253 msgstr ""
 2254 
 2255 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2256 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2257 msgid "Schedule Packages for Install, Remove and Purge"
 2258 msgstr ""
 2259 
 2260 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2261 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2262 msgid ""
 2263 "Some front-ends like <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> can be used "
 2264 "to apply previously scheduled changes to the install state of packages. Such "
 2265 "changes can be scheduled with the <option>install</option>, "
 2266 "<option>remove</option> (also known as <option>deinstall</option>) and "
 2267 "<option>purge</option> commands.  Packages with a specific selection can be "
 2268 "displayed with <option>showinstall</option>, <option>showremove</option> and "
 2269 "<option>showpurge</option> respectively.  More information about these so "
 2270 "called dpkg selections can be found in &dpkg;."
 2271 msgstr ""
 2272 
 2273 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2274 #: apt-mark.8.xml
 2275 msgid ""
 2276 "<command>apt-mark</command> returns zero on normal operation, non-zero on "
 2277 "error."
 2278 msgstr ""
 2279 
 2280 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 2281 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2282 msgid "Archive authentication support for APT"
 2283 msgstr ""
 2284 
 2285 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2286 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2287 msgid ""
 2288 "Starting with version 0.6, <command>APT</command> contains code that does "
 2289 "signature checking of the Release file for all repositories. This ensures "
 2290 "that data like packages in the archive can't be modified by people who have "
 2291 "no access to the Release file signing key. Starting with version 1.1 "
 2292 "<command>APT</command> requires repositories to provide recent "
 2293 "authentication information for unimpeded usage of the repository. Since "
 2294 "version 1.5 changes in the information contained in the Release file about "
 2295 "the repository need to be confirmed before APT continues to apply updates "
 2296 "from this repository."
 2297 msgstr ""
 2298 
 2299 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2300 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2301 msgid ""
 2302 "Note: All APT-based package management front-ends like &apt-get;, &aptitude; "
 2303 "and &synaptic; support this authentication feature, so this manpage uses "
 2304 "<literal>APT</literal> to refer to them all for simplicity only."
 2305 msgstr ""
 2306 
 2307 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2308 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2309 msgid "Unsigned Repositories"
 2310 msgstr ""
 2311 
 2312 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2313 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2314 msgid ""
 2315 "If an archive has an unsigned Release file or no Release file at all current "
 2316 "APT versions will refuse to download data from them by default in "
 2317 "<command>update</command> operations and even if forced to download "
 2318 "front-ends like &apt-get; will require explicit confirmation if an "
 2319 "installation request includes a package from such an unauthenticated "
 2320 "archive."
 2321 msgstr ""
 2322 
 2323 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2324 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2325 msgid ""
 2326 "You can force all APT clients to raise only warnings by setting the "
 2327 "configuration option <option>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to "
 2328 "<literal>true</literal>. Individual repositories can also be allowed to be "
 2329 "insecure via the &sources-list; option "
 2330 "<literal>allow-insecure=yes</literal>.  Note that insecure repositories are "
 2331 "strongly discouraged and all options to force apt to continue supporting "
 2332 "them will eventually be removed.  Users also have the "
 2333 "<option>Trusted</option> option available to disable even the warnings, but "
 2334 "be sure to understand the implications as detailed in &sources-list;."
 2335 msgstr ""
 2336 
 2337 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2338 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2339 msgid ""
 2340 "A repository which previously was authenticated but would loose this state "
 2341 "in an <command>update</command> operation raises an error in all APT clients "
 2342 "irrespective of the option to allow or forbid usage of insecure "
 2343 "repositories.  The error can be overcome by additionally setting "
 2344 "<option>Acquire::AllowDowngradeToInsecureRepositories</option> to "
 2345 "<literal>true</literal> or for Individual repositories with the "
 2346 "&sources-list; option <literal>allow-downgrade-to-insecure=yes</literal>."
 2347 msgstr ""
 2348 
 2349 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2350 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2351 msgid "Signed Repositories"
 2352 msgstr ""
 2353 
 2354 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2355 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2356 msgid ""
 2357 "The chain of trust from an APT archive to the end user is made up of several "
 2358 "steps. <command>apt-secure</command> is the last step in this chain; "
 2359 "trusting an archive does not mean that you trust its packages not to contain "
 2360 "malicious code, but means that you trust the archive maintainer. It's the "
 2361 "archive maintainer's responsibility to ensure that the archive's integrity "
 2362 "is preserved."
 2363 msgstr ""
 2364 
 2365 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2366 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2367 msgid ""
 2368 "apt-secure does not review signatures at a package level. If you require "
 2369 "tools to do this you should look at <command>debsig-verify</command> and "
 2370 "<command>debsign</command> (provided in the debsig-verify and devscripts "
 2371 "packages respectively)."
 2372 msgstr ""
 2373 
 2374 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2375 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2376 msgid ""
 2377 "The chain of trust in Debian starts (e.g.) when a maintainer uploads a new "
 2378 "package or a new version of a package to the Debian archive. In order to "
 2379 "become effective, this upload needs to be signed by a key contained in one "
 2380 "of the Debian package maintainer keyrings (available in the debian-keyring "
 2381 "package). Maintainers' keys are signed by other maintainers following "
 2382 "pre-established procedures to ensure the identity of the key holder. Similar "
 2383 "procedures exist in all Debian-based distributions."
 2384 msgstr ""
 2385 
 2386 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2387 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2388 msgid ""
 2389 "Once the uploaded package is verified and included in the archive, the "
 2390 "maintainer signature is stripped off, and checksums of the package are "
 2391 "computed and put in the Packages file. The checksums of all of the Packages "
 2392 "files are then computed and put into the Release file. The Release file is "
 2393 "then signed by the archive key for this &keyring-distro; release, and "
 2394 "distributed alongside the packages and the Packages files on "
 2395 "&keyring-distro; mirrors. The keys are in the &keyring-distro; archive "
 2396 "keyring available in the &keyring-package; package."
 2397 msgstr ""
 2398 
 2399 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2400 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2401 msgid ""
 2402 "End users can check the signature of the Release file, extract a checksum of "
 2403 "a package from it and compare it with the checksum of the package they "
 2404 "downloaded by hand - or rely on APT doing this automatically."
 2405 msgstr ""
 2406 
 2407 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2408 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2409 msgid ""
 2410 "Notice that this is distinct from checking signatures on a per package "
 2411 "basis. It is designed to prevent two possible attacks:"
 2412 msgstr ""
 2413 
 2414 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2415 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2416 msgid ""
 2417 "<literal>Network \"man in the middle\" attacks</literal>. Without signature "
 2418 "checking, malicious agents can introduce themselves into the package "
 2419 "download process and provide malicious software either by controlling a "
 2420 "network element (router, switch, etc.) or by redirecting traffic to a rogue "
 2421 "server (through ARP or DNS spoofing attacks)."
 2422 msgstr ""
 2423 
 2424 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2425 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2426 msgid ""
 2427 "<literal>Mirror network compromise</literal>.  Without signature checking, a "
 2428 "malicious agent can compromise a mirror host and modify the files in it to "
 2429 "propagate malicious software to all users downloading packages from that "
 2430 "host."
 2431 msgstr ""
 2432 
 2433 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2434 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2435 msgid ""
 2436 "However, it does not defend against a compromise of the master server itself "
 2437 "(which signs the packages) or against a compromise of the key used to sign "
 2438 "the Release files. In any case, this mechanism can complement a per-package "
 2439 "signature."
 2440 msgstr ""
 2441 
 2442 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2443 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2444 msgid "Information changes"
 2445 msgstr ""
 2446 
 2447 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2448 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2449 msgid ""
 2450 "A Release file contains beside the checksums for the files in the repository "
 2451 "also general information about the repository like the origin, codename or "
 2452 "version number of the release."
 2453 msgstr ""
 2454 
 2455 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2456 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2457 msgid ""
 2458 "This information is shown in various places so a repository owner should "
 2459 "always ensure correctness. Further more user configuration like "
 2460 "&apt-preferences; can depend and make use of this information. Since version "
 2461 "1.5 the user must therefore explicitly confirm changes to signal that the "
 2462 "user is sufficiently prepared e.g. for the new major release of the "
 2463 "distribution shipped in the repository (as e.g. indicated by the codename)."
 2464 msgstr ""
 2465 
 2466 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2467 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2468 msgid "User Configuration"
 2469 msgstr ""
 2470 
 2471 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2472 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2473 msgid ""
 2474 "<command>apt-key</command> is the program that manages the list of keys used "
 2475 "by APT to trust repositories. It can be used to add or remove keys as well "
 2476 "as list the trusted keys. Limiting which key(s) are able to sign which "
 2477 "archive is possible via the <option>Signed-By</option> in &sources-list;."
 2478 msgstr ""
 2479 
 2480 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2481 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2482 msgid ""
 2483 "Note that a default installation already contains all keys to securely "
 2484 "acquire packages from the default repositories, so fiddling with "
 2485 "<command>apt-key</command> is only needed if third-party repositories are "
 2486 "added."
 2487 msgstr ""
 2488 
 2489 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2490 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2491 msgid ""
 2492 "In order to add a new key you need to first download it (you should make "
 2493 "sure you are using a trusted communication channel when retrieving it), add "
 2494 "it with <command>apt-key</command> and then run <command>apt-get "
 2495 "update</command> so that apt can download and verify the "
 2496 "<filename>InRelease</filename> or <filename>Release.gpg</filename> files "
 2497 "from the archives you have configured."
 2498 msgstr ""
 2499 
 2500 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2501 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2502 msgid "Repository Configuration"
 2503 msgstr ""
 2504 
 2505 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2506 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2507 msgid ""
 2508 "If you want to provide archive signatures in an archive under your "
 2509 "maintenance you have to:"
 2510 msgstr ""
 2511 
 2512 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2513 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2514 msgid ""
 2515 "<emphasis>Create a toplevel Release file</emphasis>, if it does not exist "
 2516 "already. You can do this by running <command>apt-ftparchive "
 2517 "release</command> (provided in apt-utils)."
 2518 msgstr ""
 2519 
 2520 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2521 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2522 msgid ""
 2523 "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg "
 2524 "--clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o "
 2525 "Release.gpg Release</command>."
 2526 msgstr ""
 2527 
 2528 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2529 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2530 msgid ""
 2531 "<emphasis>Publish the key fingerprint</emphasis>, so that your users will "
 2532 "know what key they need to import in order to authenticate the files in the "
 2533 "archive. It is best to ship your key in its own keyring package like "
 2534 "&keyring-distro; does with &keyring-package; to be able to distribute "
 2535 "updates and key transitions automatically later."
 2536 msgstr ""
 2537 
 2538 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2539 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2540 msgid ""
 2541 "<emphasis>Provide instructions on how to add your archive and "
 2542 "key</emphasis>.  If your users can't acquire your key securely the chain of "
 2543 "trust described above is broken.  How you can help users add your key "
 2544 "depends on your archive and target audience ranging from having your keyring "
 2545 "package included in another archive users already have configured (like the "
 2546 "default repositories of their distribution) to leveraging the web of trust."
 2547 msgstr ""
 2548 
 2549 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2550 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2551 msgid ""
 2552 "Whenever the contents of the archive change (new packages are added or "
 2553 "removed) the archive maintainer has to follow the first two steps outlined "
 2554 "above."
 2555 msgstr ""
 2556 
 2557 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2558 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2559 msgid ""
 2560 "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;, &apt-key;, &apt-ftparchive;, "
 2561 "&debsign;, &debsig-verify;, &gpg;"
 2562 msgstr ""
 2563 
 2564 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2565 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2566 msgid ""
 2567 "For more background information you might want to review the <ulink "
 2568 "url=\"https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/ch7\">Debian "
 2569 "Security Infrastructure</ulink> chapter of the Securing Debian Manual (also "
 2570 "available in the harden-doc package) and the <ulink "
 2571 "url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong "
 2572 "Distribution HOWTO</ulink> by V. Alex Brennen."
 2573 msgstr ""
 2574 
 2575 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2576 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2577 msgid "Manpage Authors"
 2578 msgstr ""
 2579 
 2580 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2581 #: apt-secure.8.xml
 2582 msgid ""
 2583 "This man-page is based on the work of Javier Fernández-Sanguino Peña, Isaac "
 2584 "Jones, Colin Walters, Florian Weimer and Michael Vogt."
 2585 msgstr ""
 2586 
 2587 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 2588 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2589 msgid "APT CD-ROM management utility"
 2590 msgstr ""
 2591 
 2592 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2593 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2594 msgid ""
 2595 "<command>apt-cdrom</command> is used to add a new CD-ROM to APT's list of "
 2596 "available sources. <command>apt-cdrom</command> takes care of determining "
 2597 "the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible "
 2598 "mis-burns and verifying the index files."
 2599 msgstr ""
 2600 
 2601 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2602 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2603 msgid ""
 2604 "It is necessary to use <command>apt-cdrom</command> to add CDs to the APT "
 2605 "system; it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disc in a multi-CD set "
 2606 "must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
 2607 msgstr ""
 2608 
 2609 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2610 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2611 msgid ""
 2612 "<literal>add</literal> is used to add a new disc to the source list. It will "
 2613 "unmount the CD-ROM device, prompt for a disc to be inserted and then proceed "
 2614 "to scan it and copy the index files. If the disc does not have a proper "
 2615 "<filename>.disk</filename> directory you will be prompted for a descriptive "
 2616 "title."
 2617 msgstr ""
 2618 
 2619 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2620 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2621 msgid ""
 2622 "APT uses a CD-ROM ID to track which disc is currently in the drive and "
 2623 "maintains a database of these IDs in "
 2624 "<filename>&statedir;/cdroms.list</filename>"
 2625 msgstr ""
 2626 
 2627 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2628 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2629 msgid ""
 2630 "A debugging tool to report the identity of the current disc as well as the "
 2631 "stored file name"
 2632 msgstr ""
 2633 
 2634 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2635 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2636 msgid ""
 2637 "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the "
 2638 "<option>--cdrom</option> option.  Configuration Item: "
 2639 "<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>."
 2640 msgstr ""
 2641 
 2642 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2643 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2644 msgid ""
 2645 "Mount point; specify the location to mount the CD-ROM. This mount point must "
 2646 "be listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and properly configured.  "
 2647 "Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>."
 2648 msgstr ""
 2649 
 2650 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2651 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2652 msgid ""
 2653 "Rename a disc; change the label of a disc or override the disc's given "
 2654 "label. This option will cause <command>apt-cdrom</command> to prompt for a "
 2655 "new label.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Rename</literal>."
 2656 msgstr ""
 2657 
 2658 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2659 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2660 msgid ""
 2661 "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and "
 2662 "unmounting the mount point.  Configuration Item: "
 2663 "<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>."
 2664 msgstr ""
 2665 
 2666 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2667 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2668 msgid ""
 2669 "Fast Copy; Assume the package files are valid and do not check every "
 2670 "package. This option should be used only if <command>apt-cdrom</command> has "
 2671 "been run on this disc before and did not detect any errors.  Configuration "
 2672 "Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Fast</literal>."
 2673 msgstr ""
 2674 
 2675 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2676 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2677 msgid ""
 2678 "Thorough Package Scan; This option may be needed with some old Debian "
 2679 "1.1/1.2 discs that have Package files in strange places. It takes much "
 2680 "longer to scan the CD but will pick them all up."
 2681 msgstr ""
 2682 
 2683 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2684 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2685 msgid ""
 2686 "No Changes; Do not change the &sources-list; file and do not write index "
 2687 "files. Everything is still checked however.  Configuration Item: "
 2688 "<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>."
 2689 msgstr ""
 2690 
 2691 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2692 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2693 msgid "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;"
 2694 msgstr ""
 2695 
 2696 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2697 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml
 2698 msgid ""
 2699 "<command>apt-cdrom</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
 2700 "on error."
 2701 msgstr ""
 2702 
 2703 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 2704 #: apt-config.8.xml
 2705 msgid "APT Configuration Query program"
 2706 msgstr ""
 2707 
 2708 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2709 #: apt-config.8.xml
 2710 msgid ""
 2711 "<command>apt-config</command> is an internal program used by various "
 2712 "portions of the APT suite to provide consistent configurability. It accesses "
 2713 "the main configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> in a "
 2714 "manner that is easy to use for scripted applications."
 2715 msgstr ""
 2716 
 2717 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2718 #: apt-config.8.xml
 2719 msgid ""
 2720 "shell is used to access the configuration information from a shell "
 2721 "script. It is given pairs of arguments, the first being a shell variable and "
 2722 "the second the configuration value to query. As output it lists shell "
 2723 "assignment commands for each value present.  In a shell script it should be "
 2724 "used as follows:"
 2725 msgstr ""
 2726 
 2727 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
 2728 #: apt-config.8.xml
 2729 #, no-wrap
 2730 msgid ""
 2731 "OPTS=\"-f\"\n"
 2732 "RES=`apt-config shell OPTS MyApp::options`\n"
 2733 "eval $RES\n"
 2734 msgstr ""
 2735 
 2736 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2737 #: apt-config.8.xml
 2738 msgid ""
 2739 "This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of "
 2740 "MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>."
 2741 msgstr ""
 2742 
 2743 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2744 #: apt-config.8.xml
 2745 msgid ""
 2746 "The configuration item may be postfixed with a /[fdbi]. f returns file "
 2747 "names, d returns directories, b returns true or false and i returns an "
 2748 "integer. Each of the returns is normalized and verified internally."
 2749 msgstr ""
 2750 
 2751 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2752 #: apt-config.8.xml
 2753 msgid "Just show the contents of the configuration space."
 2754 msgstr ""
 2755 
 2756 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2757 #: apt-config.8.xml
 2758 msgid ""
 2759 "Include options which have an empty value. This is the default, so use "
 2760 "--no-empty to remove them from the output."
 2761 msgstr ""
 2762 
 2763 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
 2764 #: apt-config.8.xml
 2765 msgid "&percnt;f &#x0022;&percnt;v&#x0022;;&percnt;n"
 2766 msgstr ""
 2767 
 2768 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2769 #: apt-config.8.xml
 2770 msgid ""
 2771 "Defines the output of each config option. &percnt;t will be replaced with "
 2772 "its individual name, &percnt;f with its full hierarchical name and &percnt;v "
 2773 "with its value.  Use uppercase letters and special characters in the value "
 2774 "will be encoded to ensure that it can e.g. be safely used in a quoted-string "
 2775 "as defined by RFC822. Additionally &percnt;n will be replaced by a newline, "
 2776 "and &percnt;N by a tab. A &percnt; can be printed by using &percnt;&percnt;."
 2777 msgstr ""
 2778 
 2779 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2780 #: apt-config.8.xml apt-extracttemplates.1.xml apt-sortpkgs.1.xml
 2781 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 2782 msgid "&apt-conf;"
 2783 msgstr ""
 2784 
 2785 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2786 #: apt-config.8.xml
 2787 msgid ""
 2788 "<command>apt-config</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
 2789 "on error."
 2790 msgstr ""
 2791 
 2792 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><contrib>
 2793 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2794 msgid "Initial documentation of Debug::*."
 2795 msgstr ""
 2796 
 2797 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><email>
 2798 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2799 msgid "dburrows@debian.org"
 2800 msgstr ""
 2801 
 2802 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
 2803 #: apt.conf.5.xml apt_preferences.5.xml sources.list.5.xml apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 2804 msgid "5"
 2805 msgstr ""
 2806 
 2807 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 2808 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2809 msgid "Configuration file for APT"
 2810 msgstr ""
 2811 
 2812 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2813 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2814 msgid ""
 2815 "<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> is the main configuration file shared "
 2816 "by all the tools in the APT suite of tools, though it is by no means the "
 2817 "only place options can be set. The suite also shares a common command line "
 2818 "parser to provide a uniform environment."
 2819 msgstr ""
 2820 
 2821 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><para>
 2822 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2823 msgid ""
 2824 "When an APT tool starts up it will read the configuration files in the "
 2825 "following order:"
 2826 msgstr ""
 2827 
 2828 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 2829 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2830 msgid ""
 2831 "the file specified by the <envar>APT_CONFIG</envar> environment variable (if "
 2832 "any)"
 2833 msgstr ""
 2834 
 2835 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 2836 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2837 msgid ""
 2838 "all files in <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> in alphanumeric ascending "
 2839 "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename "
 2840 "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) "
 2841 "and period (.) characters.  Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has "
 2842 "ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
 2843 "<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
 2844 "case it will be silently ignored."
 2845 msgstr ""
 2846 
 2847 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 2848 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2849 msgid "the main configuration file specified by <literal>Dir::Etc::main</literal>"
 2850 msgstr ""
 2851 
 2852 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 2853 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2854 msgid ""
 2855 "all options set in the binary specific configuration subtree are moved into "
 2856 "the root of the tree."
 2857 msgstr ""
 2858 
 2859 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 2860 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2861 msgid ""
 2862 "the command line options are applied to override the configuration "
 2863 "directives or to load even more configuration files."
 2864 msgstr ""
 2865 
 2866 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2867 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2868 msgid "Syntax"
 2869 msgstr ""
 2870 
 2871 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2872 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2873 msgid ""
 2874 "The configuration file is organized in a tree with options organized into "
 2875 "functional groups. Option specification is given with a double colon "
 2876 "notation; for instance <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> is an option "
 2877 "within the APT tool group, for the Get tool. Options do not inherit from "
 2878 "their parent groups."
 2879 msgstr ""
 2880 
 2881 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2882 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2883 msgid ""
 2884 "Syntactically the configuration language is modeled after what the ISC tools "
 2885 "such as bind and dhcp use. Lines starting with <literal>//</literal> are "
 2886 "treated as comments (ignored), as well as all text between "
 2887 "<literal>/*</literal> and <literal>*/</literal>, just like C/C++ comments.  "
 2888 "Each line is of the form <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>.  "
 2889 "The quotation marks and trailing semicolon are required.  The value must be "
 2890 "on one line, and there is no kind of string concatenation.  Values must not "
 2891 "include backslashes or extra quotation marks.  Option names are made up of "
 2892 "alphanumeric characters and the characters \"/-:._+\".  A new scope can be "
 2893 "opened with curly braces, like this:"
 2894 msgstr ""
 2895 
 2896 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
 2897 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2898 #, no-wrap
 2899 msgid ""
 2900 "APT {\n"
 2901 "  Get {\n"
 2902 "    Assume-Yes \"true\";\n"
 2903 "    Fix-Broken \"true\";\n"
 2904 "  };\n"
 2905 "};\n"
 2906 msgstr ""
 2907 
 2908 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2909 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2910 msgid ""
 2911 "with newlines placed to make it more readable. Lists can be created by "
 2912 "opening a scope and including a single string enclosed in quotes followed by "
 2913 "a semicolon. Multiple entries can be included, separated by a semicolon."
 2914 msgstr ""
 2915 
 2916 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
 2917 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2918 #, no-wrap
 2919 msgid "DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs {\"/usr/sbin/dpkg-preconfigure --apt\";};\n"
 2920 msgstr ""
 2921 
 2922 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2923 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2924 msgid ""
 2925 "In general the sample configuration file &configureindex; is a good guide "
 2926 "for how it should look."
 2927 msgstr ""
 2928 
 2929 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2930 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2931 msgid ""
 2932 "Case is not significant in names of configuration items, so in the previous "
 2933 "example you could use <literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal>."
 2934 msgstr ""
 2935 
 2936 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2937 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2938 msgid ""
 2939 "Names for the configuration items are optional if a list is defined as can "
 2940 "be seen in the <literal>DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs</literal> example above. If "
 2941 "you don't specify a name a new entry will simply add a new option to the "
 2942 "list. If you specify a name you can override the option in the same way as "
 2943 "any other option by reassigning a new value to the option."
 2944 msgstr ""
 2945 
 2946 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2947 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2948 msgid ""
 2949 "Two special commands are defined: <literal>#include</literal> (which is "
 2950 "deprecated and not supported by alternative implementations) and "
 2951 "<literal>#clear</literal>. <literal>#include</literal> will include the "
 2952 "given file, unless the filename ends in a slash, in which case the whole "
 2953 "directory is included.  <literal>#clear</literal> is used to erase a part of "
 2954 "the configuration tree. The specified element and all its descendants are "
 2955 "erased.  (Note that these lines also need to end with a semicolon.)"
 2956 msgstr ""
 2957 
 2958 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2959 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2960 msgid ""
 2961 "The <literal>#clear</literal> command is the only way to delete a list or a "
 2962 "complete scope. Reopening a scope (or using the syntax described below with "
 2963 "an appended <literal>::</literal>) will <emphasis>not</emphasis> override "
 2964 "previously written entries. Options can only be overridden by addressing a "
 2965 "new value to them - lists and scopes can't be overridden, only cleared."
 2966 msgstr ""
 2967 
 2968 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2969 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2970 msgid ""
 2971 "All of the APT tools take an -o option which allows an arbitrary "
 2972 "configuration directive to be specified on the command line. The syntax is a "
 2973 "full option name (<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> for instance) "
 2974 "followed by an equals sign then the new value of the option. To append a new "
 2975 "element to a list, add a trailing <literal>::</literal> to the name of the "
 2976 "list.  (As you might suspect, the scope syntax can't be used on the command "
 2977 "line.)"
 2978 msgstr ""
 2979 
 2980 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 2981 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2982 msgid ""
 2983 "Note that appending items to a list using <literal>::</literal> only works "
 2984 "for one item per line, and that you should not use it in combination with "
 2985 "the scope syntax (which adds <literal>::</literal> implicitly). Using both "
 2986 "syntaxes together will trigger a bug which some users unfortunately depend "
 2987 "on: an option with the unusual name \"<literal>::</literal>\" which acts "
 2988 "like every other option with a name. This introduces many problems; for one "
 2989 "thing, users who write multiple lines in this <emphasis>wrong</emphasis> "
 2990 "syntax in the hope of appending to a list will achieve the opposite, as only "
 2991 "the last assignment for this option \"<literal>::</literal>\" will be "
 2992 "used. Future versions of APT will raise errors and stop working if they "
 2993 "encounter this misuse, so please correct such statements now while APT "
 2994 "doesn't explicitly complain about them."
 2995 msgstr ""
 2996 
 2997 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 2998 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 2999 msgid "The APT Group"
 3000 msgstr ""
 3001 
 3002 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3003 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3004 msgid ""
 3005 "This group of options controls general APT behavior as well as holding the "
 3006 "options for all of the tools."
 3007 msgstr ""
 3008 
 3009 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3010 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3011 msgid ""
 3012 "System Architecture; sets the architecture to use when fetching files and "
 3013 "parsing package lists. The internal default is the architecture apt was "
 3014 "compiled for."
 3015 msgstr ""
 3016 
 3017 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3018 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3019 msgid ""
 3020 "All Architectures the system supports. For instance, CPUs implementing the "
 3021 "<literal>amd64</literal> (also called <literal>x86-64</literal>)  "
 3022 "instruction set are also able to execute binaries compiled for the "
 3023 "<literal>i386</literal> (<literal>x86</literal>) instruction set. This list "
 3024 "is used when fetching files and parsing package lists. The initial default "
 3025 "is always the system's native architecture "
 3026 "(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>), and foreign architectures are added "
 3027 "to the default list when they are registered via <command>dpkg "
 3028 "--add-architecture</command>."
 3029 msgstr ""
 3030 
 3031 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3032 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3033 msgid ""
 3034 "This scope defines which compression formats are supported, how compression "
 3035 "and decompression can be performed if support for this format isn't built "
 3036 "into apt directly and a cost-value indicating how costly it is to compress "
 3037 "something in this format. As an example the following configuration stanza "
 3038 "would allow apt to download and uncompress as well as create and store files "
 3039 "with the low-cost <literal>.reversed</literal> file extension which it will "
 3040 "pass to the command <command>rev</command> without additional commandline "
 3041 "parameters for compression and uncompression:"
 3042 msgstr ""
 3043 
 3044 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
 3045 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3046 #, no-wrap
 3047 msgid ""
 3048 "APT::Compressor::rev {\n"
 3049 "\tName \"rev\";\n"
 3050 "\tExtension \".reversed\";\n"
 3051 "\tBinary \"rev\";\n"
 3052 "\tCompressArg {};\n"
 3053 "\tUncompressArg {};\n"
 3054 "\tCost \"10\";\n"
 3055 "};\n"
 3056 msgstr ""
 3057 
 3058 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3059 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3060 msgid ""
 3061 "List of all build profiles enabled for build-dependency resolution, without "
 3062 "the \"<literal>profile.</literal>\" namespace prefix.  By default this list "
 3063 "is empty. The <envar>DEB_BUILD_PROFILES</envar> as used by "
 3064 "&dpkg-buildpackage; overrides the list notation."
 3065 msgstr ""
 3066 
 3067 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3068 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3069 msgid ""
 3070 "Default release to install packages from if more than one version is "
 3071 "available. Contains release name, codename or release version. Examples: "
 3072 "'stable', 'testing', 'unstable', '&debian-stable-codename;', "
 3073 "'&debian-testing-codename;', '4.0', '5.0*'. See also &apt-preferences;."
 3074 msgstr ""
 3075 
 3076 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3077 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3078 msgid ""
 3079 "Ignore held packages; this global option causes the problem resolver to "
 3080 "ignore held packages in its decision making."
 3081 msgstr ""
 3082 
 3083 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3084 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3085 msgid ""
 3086 "Defaults to on. When turned on the autoclean feature will remove any "
 3087 "packages which can no longer be downloaded from the cache. If turned off "
 3088 "then packages that are locally installed are also excluded from cleaning - "
 3089 "but note that APT provides no direct means to reinstall them."
 3090 msgstr ""
 3091 
 3092 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3093 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3094 msgid ""
 3095 "Defaults to on, which will cause APT to install essential and important "
 3096 "packages as soon as possible in an install/upgrade operation, in order to "
 3097 "limit the effect of a failing &dpkg; call. If this option is disabled, APT "
 3098 "treats an important package in the same way as an extra package: between the "
 3099 "unpacking of the package A and its configuration there can be many other "
 3100 "unpack or configuration calls for other unrelated packages B, C etc. If "
 3101 "these cause the &dpkg; call to fail (e.g. because package B's maintainer "
 3102 "scripts generate an error), this results in a system state in which package "
 3103 "A is unpacked but unconfigured - so any package depending on A is now no "
 3104 "longer guaranteed to work, as its dependency on A is no longer satisfied."
 3105 msgstr ""
 3106 
 3107 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3108 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3109 msgid ""
 3110 "The immediate configuration marker is also applied in the potentially "
 3111 "problematic case of circular dependencies, since a dependency with the "
 3112 "immediate flag is equivalent to a Pre-Dependency. In theory this allows APT "
 3113 "to recognise a situation in which it is unable to perform immediate "
 3114 "configuration, abort, and suggest to the user that the option should be "
 3115 "temporarily deactivated in order to allow the operation to proceed.  Note "
 3116 "the use of the word \"theory\" here; in the real world this problem has "
 3117 "rarely been encountered, in non-stable distribution versions, and was caused "
 3118 "by wrong dependencies of the package in question or by a system in an "
 3119 "already broken state; so you should not blindly disable this option, as the "
 3120 "scenario mentioned above is not the only problem it can help to prevent in "
 3121 "the first place."
 3122 msgstr ""
 3123 
 3124 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3125 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3126 msgid ""
 3127 "Before a big operation like <literal>dist-upgrade</literal> is run with this "
 3128 "option disabled you should try to explicitly <literal>install</literal> the "
 3129 "package APT is unable to configure immediately; but please make sure you "
 3130 "also report your problem to your distribution and to the APT team with the "
 3131 "buglink below, so they can work on improving or correcting the upgrade "
 3132 "process."
 3133 msgstr ""
 3134 
 3135 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3136 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3137 msgid ""
 3138 "Never enable this option unless you <emphasis>really</emphasis> know what "
 3139 "you are doing. It permits APT to temporarily remove an essential package to "
 3140 "break a Conflicts/Conflicts or Conflicts/Pre-Depends loop between two "
 3141 "essential packages. <emphasis>Such a loop should never exist and is a grave "
 3142 "bug</emphasis>. This option will work if the essential packages are not "
 3143 "<command>tar</command>, <command>gzip</command>, <command>libc</command>, "
 3144 "<command>dpkg</command>, <command>dash</command> or anything that those "
 3145 "packages depend on."
 3146 msgstr ""
 3147 
 3148 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3149 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3150 msgid ""
 3151 "APT uses since version 0.7.26 a resizable memory mapped cache file to store "
 3152 "the available information. <literal>Cache-Start</literal> acts as a hint of "
 3153 "the size the cache will grow to, and is therefore the amount of memory APT "
 3154 "will request at startup. The default value is 20971520 bytes (~20 MB). Note "
 3155 "that this amount of space needs to be available for APT; otherwise it will "
 3156 "likely fail ungracefully, so for memory restricted devices this value should "
 3157 "be lowered while on systems with a lot of configured sources it should be "
 3158 "increased.  <literal>Cache-Grow</literal> defines in bytes with the default "
 3159 "of 1048576 (~1 MB) how much the cache size will be increased in the event "
 3160 "the space defined by <literal>Cache-Start</literal> is not enough. This "
 3161 "value will be applied again and again until either the cache is big enough "
 3162 "to store all information or the size of the cache reaches the "
 3163 "<literal>Cache-Limit</literal>.  The default of "
 3164 "<literal>Cache-Limit</literal> is 0 which stands for no limit.  If "
 3165 "<literal>Cache-Grow</literal> is set to 0 the automatic growth of the cache "
 3166 "is disabled."
 3167 msgstr ""
 3168 
 3169 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3170 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3171 msgid "Defines which packages are considered essential build dependencies."
 3172 msgstr ""
 3173 
 3174 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3175 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3176 msgid ""
 3177 "The Get subsection controls the &apt-get; tool; please see its documentation "
 3178 "for more information about the options here."
 3179 msgstr ""
 3180 
 3181 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3182 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3183 msgid ""
 3184 "The Cache subsection controls the &apt-cache; tool; please see its "
 3185 "documentation for more information about the options here."
 3186 msgstr ""
 3187 
 3188 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3189 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3190 msgid ""
 3191 "The CDROM subsection controls the &apt-cdrom; tool; please see its "
 3192 "documentation for more information about the options here."
 3193 msgstr ""
 3194 
 3195 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 3196 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3197 msgid "The Acquire Group"
 3198 msgstr ""
 3199 
 3200 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3201 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3202 msgid ""
 3203 "The <literal>Acquire</literal> group of options controls the download of "
 3204 "packages as well as the various \"acquire methods\" responsible for the "
 3205 "download itself (see also &sources-list;)."
 3206 msgstr ""
 3207 
 3208 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3209 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3210 msgid ""
 3211 "Security related option defaulting to true, enabling time-related "
 3212 "checks. Disabling it means that the machine's time cannot be trusted, and "
 3213 "APT will hence disable all time-related checks, such as "
 3214 "<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> and verifying that the Date field of a "
 3215 "release file is not in the future."
 3216 msgstr ""
 3217 
 3218 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3219 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3220 msgid ""
 3221 "Maximum time (in seconds) before its creation (as indicated by the "
 3222 "<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
 3223 "should be considered valid.  The default value is <literal>10</literal>.  "
 3224 "Archive specific settings can be made by appending the label of the archive "
 3225 "to the option name. Preferably, the same can be achieved for specific "
 3226 "&sources-list; entries by using the <option>Date-Max-Future</option> option "
 3227 "there."
 3228 msgstr ""
 3229 
 3230 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3231 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3232 msgid ""
 3233 "Security related option defaulting to true, as giving a Release file's "
 3234 "validation an expiration date prevents replay attacks over a long timescale, "
 3235 "and can also for example help users to identify mirrors that are no longer "
 3236 "updated - but the feature depends on the correctness of the clock on the "
 3237 "user system. Archive maintainers are encouraged to create Release files with "
 3238 "the <literal>Valid-Until</literal> header, but if they don't or a stricter "
 3239 "value is desired the <literal>Max-ValidTime</literal> option below can be "
 3240 "used.  The <option>Check-Valid-Until</option> option of &sources-list; "
 3241 "entries should be preferred to disable the check selectively instead of "
 3242 "using this global override."
 3243 msgstr ""
 3244 
 3245 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3246 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3247 msgid ""
 3248 "Maximum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
 3249 "<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
 3250 "should be considered valid.  If the Release file itself includes a "
 3251 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header the earlier date of the two is used as "
 3252 "the expiration date.  The default value is <literal>0</literal> which stands "
 3253 "for \"valid forever\".  Archive specific settings can be made by appending "
 3254 "the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the same can be "
 3255 "achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
 3256 "<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> option there."
 3257 msgstr ""
 3258 
 3259 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3260 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3261 msgid ""
 3262 "Minimum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
 3263 "<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
 3264 "should be considered valid.  Use this if you need to use a seldom updated "
 3265 "(local) mirror of a more frequently updated archive with a "
 3266 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header instead of completely disabling the "
 3267 "expiration date checking.  Archive specific settings can and should be used "
 3268 "by appending the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the "
 3269 "same can be achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
 3270 "<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> option there."
 3271 msgstr ""
 3272 
 3273 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3274 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3275 msgid ""
 3276 "Allow use of the internal TLS support in the http method. If set to false, "
 3277 "this completely disables support for TLS in apt's own methods (excluding the "
 3278 "curl-based https method). No TLS-related functions will be called anymore."
 3279 msgstr ""
 3280 
 3281 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3282 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3283 msgid ""
 3284 "Try to download deltas called <literal>PDiffs</literal> for indexes (like "
 3285 "<filename>Packages</filename> files) instead of downloading whole ones. True "
 3286 "by default. Preferably, this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries "
 3287 "or index files by using the <option>PDiffs</option> option there."
 3288 msgstr ""
 3289 
 3290 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3291 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3292 msgid ""
 3293 "Two sub-options to limit the use of PDiffs are also available: "
 3294 "<literal>FileLimit</literal> can be used to specify a maximum number of "
 3295 "PDiff files should be downloaded to update a "
 3296 "file. <literal>SizeLimit</literal> on the other hand is the maximum "
 3297 "percentage of the size of all patches compared to the size of the targeted "
 3298 "file. If one of these limits is exceeded the complete file is downloaded "
 3299 "instead of the patches."
 3300 msgstr ""
 3301 
 3302 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3303 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3304 msgid ""
 3305 "Try to download indexes via an URI constructed from a hashsum of the "
 3306 "expected file rather than downloaded via a well-known stable filename. True "
 3307 "by default, but automatically disabled if the source indicates no support "
 3308 "for it. Usage can be forced with the special value \"force\". Preferably, "
 3309 "this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries or index files by using "
 3310 "the <option>By-Hash</option> option there."
 3311 msgstr ""
 3312 
 3313 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3314 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3315 msgid ""
 3316 "Queuing mode; <literal>Queue-Mode</literal> can be one of "
 3317 "<literal>host</literal> or <literal>access</literal> which determines how "
 3318 "APT parallelizes outgoing connections. <literal>host</literal> means that "
 3319 "one connection per target host will be opened, <literal>access</literal> "
 3320 "means that one connection per URI type will be opened."
 3321 msgstr ""
 3322 
 3323 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3324 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3325 msgid ""
 3326 "Number of retries to perform. If this is non-zero APT will retry failed "
 3327 "files the given number of times."
 3328 msgstr ""
 3329 
 3330 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3331 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3332 msgid ""
 3333 "Use symlinks for source archives. If set to true then source archives will "
 3334 "be symlinked when possible instead of copying. True is the default."
 3335 msgstr ""
 3336 
 3337 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3338 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3339 msgid ""
 3340 "The options in these scopes configure APTs acquire transports for the "
 3341 "protocols HTTP and HTTPS and are documented in the &apt-transport-http; and "
 3342 "&apt-transport-https; manpages respectively."
 3343 msgstr ""
 3344 
 3345 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3346 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3347 msgid ""
 3348 "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP URIs.  "
 3349 "It is in the standard form of "
 3350 "<literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>.  Per host proxies can "
 3351 "also be specified by using the form "
 3352 "<literal>ftp::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
 3353 "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
 3354 "settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable will be "
 3355 "used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the "
 3356 "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This "
 3357 "entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to "
 3358 "connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do "
 3359 "this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI "
 3360 "component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, "
 3361 "<literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, "
 3362 "<literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and "
 3363 "<literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>."
 3364 msgstr ""
 3365 
 3366 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3367 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3368 msgid ""
 3369 "The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the "
 3370 "method; this value applies to the connection as well as the data timeout."
 3371 msgstr ""
 3372 
 3373 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3374 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3375 msgid ""
 3376 "Several settings are provided to control passive mode. Generally it is safe "
 3377 "to leave passive mode on; it works in nearly every environment.  However, "
 3378 "some situations require that passive mode be disabled and port mode FTP used "
 3379 "instead. This can be done globally or for connections that go through a "
 3380 "proxy or for a specific host (see the sample config file for examples)."
 3381 msgstr ""
 3382 
 3383 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3384 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3385 msgid ""
 3386 "It is possible to proxy FTP over HTTP by setting the "
 3387 "<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable to an HTTP URL - see the "
 3388 "discussion of the http method above for syntax. You cannot set this in the "
 3389 "configuration file and it is not recommended to use FTP over HTTP due to its "
 3390 "low efficiency."
 3391 msgstr ""
 3392 
 3393 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3394 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3395 msgid ""
 3396 "The setting <literal>ForceExtended</literal> controls the use of RFC2428 "
 3397 "<literal>EPSV</literal> and <literal>EPRT</literal> commands. The default is "
 3398 "false, which means these commands are only used if the control connection is "
 3399 "IPv6. Setting this to true forces their use even on IPv4 connections. Note "
 3400 "that most FTP servers do not support RFC2428."
 3401 msgstr ""
 3402 
 3403 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
 3404 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3405 #, no-wrap
 3406 msgid "/cdrom/::Mount \"foo\";"
 3407 msgstr ""
 3408 
 3409 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3410 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3411 msgid ""
 3412 "For URIs using the <literal>cdrom</literal> method, the only configurable "
 3413 "option is the mount point, <literal>cdrom::Mount</literal>, which must be "
 3414 "the mount point for the CD-ROM (or DVD, or whatever) drive as specified in "
 3415 "<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. It is possible to provide alternate mount "
 3416 "and unmount commands if your mount point cannot be listed in the fstab.  The "
 3417 "syntax is to put <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> within the "
 3418 "<literal>cdrom</literal> block. It is important to have the trailing slash.  "
 3419 "Unmount commands can be specified using UMount."
 3420 msgstr ""
 3421 
 3422 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3423 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3424 msgid ""
 3425 "For GPGV URIs the only configurable option is "
 3426 "<literal>gpgv::Options</literal>, which passes additional parameters to "
 3427 "gpgv."
 3428 msgstr ""
 3429 
 3430 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
 3431 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3432 #, no-wrap
 3433 msgid ""
 3434 "Acquire::CompressionTypes::<replaceable>FileExtension</replaceable> "
 3435 "\"<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable>\";"
 3436 msgstr ""
 3437 
 3438 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3439 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3440 msgid ""
 3441 "List of compression types which are understood by the acquire methods.  "
 3442 "Files like <filename>Packages</filename> can be available in various "
 3443 "compression formats.  By default the acquire methods can decompress and "
 3444 "recompress many common formats like <command>xz</command> and "
 3445 "<command>gzip</command>; with this scope the supported formats can be "
 3446 "queried, modified as well as support for more formats added (see also "
 3447 "<option>APT::Compressor</option>). The syntax for this is: <placeholder "
 3448 "type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/>"
 3449 msgstr ""
 3450 
 3451 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
 3452 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3453 #, no-wrap
 3454 msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order:: \"gz\";"
 3455 msgstr ""
 3456 
 3457 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
 3458 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3459 #, no-wrap
 3460 msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order { \"xz\"; \"gz\"; };"
 3461 msgstr ""
 3462 
 3463 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3464 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3465 msgid ""
 3466 "Also, the <literal>Order</literal> subgroup can be used to define in which "
 3467 "order the acquire system will try to download the compressed files. The "
 3468 "acquire system will try the first and proceed with the next compression type "
 3469 "in this list on error, so to prefer one over the other type simply add the "
 3470 "preferred type first - types not already added will be implicitly appended "
 3471 "to the end of the list, so e.g. <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/> "
 3472 "can be used to prefer <command>gzip</command> compressed files over all "
 3473 "other compression formats.  If <command>xz</command> should be preferred "
 3474 "over <command>gzip</command> and <command>bzip2</command> the configure "
 3475 "setting should look like this: <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"1\"/> It "
 3476 "is not needed to add <literal>bz2</literal> to the list explicitly as it "
 3477 "will be added automatically."
 3478 msgstr ""
 3479 
 3480 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
 3481 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3482 #, no-wrap
 3483 msgid "Dir::Bin::bzip2 \"/bin/bzip2\";"
 3484 msgstr ""
 3485 
 3486 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3487 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3488 msgid ""
 3489 "Note that the "
 3490 "<literal>Dir::Bin::<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable></literal> will be "
 3491 "checked at run time. If this option has been set and support for this format "
 3492 "isn't directly built into apt, the method will only be used if this file "
 3493 "exists; e.g. for the <literal>bzip2</literal> method (the inbuilt) setting "
 3494 "is: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> Note also that list "
 3495 "entries specified on the command line will be added at the end of the list "
 3496 "specified in the configuration files, but before the default entries. To "
 3497 "prefer a type in this case over the ones specified in the configuration "
 3498 "files you can set the option direct - not in list style.  This will not "
 3499 "override the defined list; it will only prefix the list with this type."
 3500 msgstr ""
 3501 
 3502 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3503 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3504 msgid ""
 3505 "The special type <literal>uncompressed</literal> can be used to give "
 3506 "uncompressed files a preference, but note that most archives don't provide "
 3507 "uncompressed files so this is mostly only usable for local mirrors."
 3508 msgstr ""
 3509 
 3510 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3511 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3512 msgid ""
 3513 "When downloading <literal>gzip</literal> compressed indexes (Packages, "
 3514 "Sources, or Translations), keep them gzip compressed locally instead of "
 3515 "unpacking them. This saves quite a lot of disk space at the expense of more "
 3516 "CPU requirements when building the local package caches. False by default."
 3517 msgstr ""
 3518 
 3519 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3520 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3521 msgid ""
 3522 "The Languages subsection controls which <filename>Translation</filename> "
 3523 "files are downloaded and in which order APT tries to display the "
 3524 "description-translations. APT will try to display the first available "
 3525 "description in the language which is listed first. Languages can be defined "
 3526 "with their short or long language codes. Note that not all archives provide "
 3527 "<filename>Translation</filename> files for every language - the long "
 3528 "language codes are especially rare."
 3529 msgstr ""
 3530 
 3531 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 3532 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3533 #, no-wrap
 3534 msgid "Acquire::Languages { \"environment\"; \"de\"; \"en\"; \"none\"; \"fr\"; };"
 3535 msgstr ""
 3536 
 3537 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3538 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3539 msgid ""
 3540 "The default list includes \"environment\" and "
 3541 "\"en\". \"<literal>environment</literal>\" has a special meaning here: it "
 3542 "will be replaced at runtime with the language codes extracted from the "
 3543 "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> environment variable.  It will also ensure "
 3544 "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If "
 3545 "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the "
 3546 "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used.  To "
 3547 "force APT to use no Translation file use the setting "
 3548 "<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is "
 3549 "another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable "
 3550 "<filename>Translation</filename> file.  This tells APT to download these "
 3551 "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment "
 3552 "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result "
 3553 "in the order \"en, de\" in an English locale or \"de, en\" in a German "
 3554 "one. Note that \"fr\" is downloaded, but not used unless APT is used in a "
 3555 "French locale (where the order would be \"fr, de, en\").  <placeholder "
 3556 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 3557 msgstr ""
 3558 
 3559 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3560 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3561 msgid ""
 3562 "Note: To prevent problems resulting from APT being executed in different "
 3563 "environments (e.g. by different users or by other programs) all Translation "
 3564 "files which are found in <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists/</filename> will be "
 3565 "added to the end of the list (after an implicit "
 3566 "\"<literal>none</literal>\")."
 3567 msgstr ""
 3568 
 3569 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3570 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3571 msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv4 protocol."
 3572 msgstr ""
 3573 
 3574 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3575 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3576 msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv6 protocol."
 3577 msgstr ""
 3578 
 3579 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3580 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3581 msgid ""
 3582 "The maximum file size of Release/Release.gpg/InRelease files.  The default "
 3583 "is 10MB."
 3584 msgstr ""
 3585 
 3586 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3587 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3588 msgid ""
 3589 "This option controls if apt will use the DNS SRV server record as specified "
 3590 "in RFC 2782 to select an alternative server to connect to.  The default is "
 3591 "\"true\"."
 3592 msgstr ""
 3593 
 3594 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3595 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3596 msgid ""
 3597 "Allow update operations to load data files from repositories without "
 3598 "sufficient security information.  The default value is "
 3599 "\"<literal>false</literal>\".  Concept, implications as well as alternatives "
 3600 "are detailed in &apt-secure;."
 3601 msgstr ""
 3602 
 3603 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3604 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3605 msgid ""
 3606 "Allow update operations to load data files from repositories which provide "
 3607 "security information, but these are deemed no longer cryptographically "
 3608 "strong enough.  The default value is \"<literal>false</literal>\".  Concept, "
 3609 "implications as well as alternatives are detailed in &apt-secure;."
 3610 msgstr ""
 3611 
 3612 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3613 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3614 msgid ""
 3615 "Allow that a repository that was previously gpg signed to become unsigned "
 3616 "during an update operation. When there is no valid signature for a "
 3617 "previously trusted repository apt will refuse the update. This option can be "
 3618 "used to override this protection. You almost certainly never want to enable "
 3619 "this. The default is <literal>false</literal>.  Concept, implications as "
 3620 "well as alternatives are detailed in &apt-secure;."
 3621 msgstr ""
 3622 
 3623 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3624 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3625 msgid "scope"
 3626 msgstr ""
 3627 
 3628 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3629 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3630 msgid ""
 3631 "Acquiring changelogs can only be done if an URI is known from where to get "
 3632 "them.  Preferable the Release file indicates this in a 'Changelogs' "
 3633 "field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the Release file is "
 3634 "used to check if a "
 3635 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
 3636 "or "
 3637 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> "
 3638 "option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file "
 3639 "can be overridden with "
 3640 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
 3641 "or "
 3642 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>.  "
 3643 "The value should be a normal URI to a text file, except that package "
 3644 "specific data is replaced with the placeholder "
 3645 "<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is "
 3646 "from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>)  this is the first part "
 3647 "otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except "
 3648 "if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which "
 3649 "case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package "
 3650 "name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version.  The first (if "
 3651 "present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash "
 3652 "('<literal>/</literal>')  and between the fourth and fifth part is an "
 3653 "underscore ('<literal>_</literal>').  The special value "
 3654 "'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this "
 3655 "source can't be used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be "
 3656 "tried if available in this case."
 3657 msgstr ""
 3658 
 3659 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 3660 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3661 msgid "Binary specific configuration"
 3662 msgstr ""
 3663 
 3664 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3665 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3666 msgid ""
 3667 "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can "
 3668 "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options "
 3669 "which look like they would effect only a certain binary like "
 3670 "<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> "
 3671 "as well as <command>apt</command>."
 3672 msgstr ""
 3673 
 3674 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3675 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3676 msgid ""
 3677 "Setting an option for a specific binary only can be achieved by setting the "
 3678 "option inside the "
 3679 "<option>Binary::<replaceable>specific-binary</replaceable></option> "
 3680 "scope. Setting the option <option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> for the "
 3681 "<command>apt</command> only can e.g. by done by setting "
 3682 "<option>Binary::apt::APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> instead."
 3683 msgstr ""
 3684 
 3685 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3686 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3687 msgid ""
 3688 "Note that as seen in the DESCRIPTION section further above you can't set "
 3689 "binary-specific options on the commandline itself nor in configuration files "
 3690 "loaded via the commandline."
 3691 msgstr ""
 3692 
 3693 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 3694 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3695 msgid "Directories"
 3696 msgstr ""
 3697 
 3698 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3699 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3700 msgid ""
 3701 "The <literal>Dir::State</literal> section has directories that pertain to "
 3702 "local state information. <literal>lists</literal> is the directory to place "
 3703 "downloaded package lists in and <literal>status</literal> is the name of the "
 3704 "&dpkg; status file.  <literal>preferences</literal> is the name of the APT "
 3705 "<filename>preferences</filename> file.  <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
 3706 "contains the default directory to prefix on all sub-items if they do not "
 3707 "start with <filename>/</filename> or <filename>./</filename>."
 3708 msgstr ""
 3709 
 3710 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3711 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3712 msgid ""
 3713 "<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> contains locations pertaining to local cache "
 3714 "information, such as the two package caches <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> "
 3715 "and <literal>pkgcache</literal> as well as the location to place downloaded "
 3716 "archives, <literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal>. Generation of caches can "
 3717 "be turned off by setting <literal>pkgcache</literal> or "
 3718 "<literal>srcpkgcache</literal> to <literal>\"\"</literal>.  This will slow "
 3719 "down startup but save disk space. It is probably preferable to turn off the "
 3720 "pkgcache rather than the srcpkgcache.  Like <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
 3721 "the default directory is contained in <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>"
 3722 msgstr ""
 3723 
 3724 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3725 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3726 msgid ""
 3727 "<literal>Dir::Etc</literal> contains the location of configuration files, "
 3728 "<literal>sourcelist</literal> gives the location of the sourcelist and "
 3729 "<literal>main</literal> is the default configuration file (setting has no "
 3730 "effect, unless it is done from the config file specified by "
 3731 "<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>)."
 3732 msgstr ""
 3733 
 3734 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3735 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3736 msgid ""
 3737 "The <literal>Dir::Parts</literal> setting reads in all the config fragments "
 3738 "in lexical order from the directory specified. After this is done then the "
 3739 "main config file is loaded."
 3740 msgstr ""
 3741 
 3742 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3743 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3744 msgid ""
 3745 "Binary programs are pointed to by "
 3746 "<literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies "
 3747 "the location of the method handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, "
 3748 "<literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, "
 3749 "<literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</literal> "
 3750 "<literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</literal> "
 3751 "specify the location of the respective programs."
 3752 msgstr ""
 3753 
 3754 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3755 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3756 msgid ""
 3757 "The configuration item <literal>RootDir</literal> has a special meaning.  If "
 3758 "set, all paths will be relative to <literal>RootDir</literal>, "
 3759 "<emphasis>even paths that are specified absolutely</emphasis>.  So, for "
 3760 "instance, if <literal>RootDir</literal> is set to "
 3761 "<filename>/tmp/staging</filename> and <literal>Dir::State::status</literal> "
 3762 "is set to <filename>/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>, then the status file "
 3763 "will be looked up in <filename>/tmp/staging/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>.  "
 3764 "If you want to prefix only relative paths, set <literal>Dir</literal> "
 3765 "instead."
 3766 msgstr ""
 3767 
 3768 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3769 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3770 msgid ""
 3771 "The <literal>Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> list can be used to specify "
 3772 "which files APT should silently ignore while parsing the files in the "
 3773 "fragment directories. Per default a file which ends with "
 3774 "<literal>.disabled</literal>, <literal>~</literal>, <literal>.bak</literal> "
 3775 "or <literal>.dpkg-[a-z]+</literal> is silently ignored. As seen in the last "
 3776 "default value these patterns can use regular expression syntax."
 3777 msgstr ""
 3778 
 3779 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 3780 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3781 msgid "APT in DSelect"
 3782 msgstr ""
 3783 
 3784 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3785 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3786 msgid ""
 3787 "When APT is used as a &dselect; method several configuration directives "
 3788 "control the default behavior. These are in the <literal>DSelect</literal> "
 3789 "section."
 3790 msgstr ""
 3791 
 3792 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3793 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3794 msgid ""
 3795 "Cache Clean mode; this value may be one of <literal>always</literal>, "
 3796 "<literal>prompt</literal>, <literal>auto</literal>, "
 3797 "<literal>pre-auto</literal> and <literal>never</literal>.  "
 3798 "<literal>always</literal> and <literal>prompt</literal> will remove all "
 3799 "packages from the cache after upgrading, <literal>prompt</literal> (the "
 3800 "default) does so conditionally.  <literal>auto</literal> removes only those "
 3801 "packages which are no longer downloadable (replaced with a new version for "
 3802 "instance).  <literal>pre-auto</literal> performs this action before "
 3803 "downloading new packages."
 3804 msgstr ""
 3805 
 3806 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3807 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3808 msgid ""
 3809 "The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
 3810 "options when it is run for the install phase."
 3811 msgstr ""
 3812 
 3813 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3814 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3815 msgid ""
 3816 "The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
 3817 "options when it is run for the update phase."
 3818 msgstr ""
 3819 
 3820 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3821 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3822 msgid ""
 3823 "If true the [U]pdate operation in &dselect; will always prompt to continue.  "
 3824 "The default is to prompt only on error."
 3825 msgstr ""
 3826 
 3827 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 3828 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3829 msgid "How APT calls &dpkg;"
 3830 msgstr ""
 3831 
 3832 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3833 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3834 msgid ""
 3835 "Several configuration directives control how APT invokes &dpkg;. These are "
 3836 "in the <literal>DPkg</literal> section."
 3837 msgstr ""
 3838 
 3839 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3840 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3841 msgid ""
 3842 "This is a list of options to pass to &dpkg;. The options must be specified "
 3843 "using the list notation and each list item is passed as a single argument to "
 3844 "&dpkg;."
 3845 msgstr ""
 3846 
 3847 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3848 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3849 msgid ""
 3850 "This is a string that defines the <envar>PATH</envar> environment variable "
 3851 "used when running dpkg. It may be set to any valid value of that environment "
 3852 "variable; or the empty string, in which case the variable is not changed."
 3853 msgstr ""
 3854 
 3855 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3856 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3857 msgid ""
 3858 "This is a list of shell commands to run before/after invoking &dpkg;.  Like "
 3859 "<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
 3860 "commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
 3861 "fail APT will abort."
 3862 msgstr ""
 3863 
 3864 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3865 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3866 msgid ""
 3867 "This is a list of shell commands to run before invoking &dpkg;. Like "
 3868 "<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
 3869 "commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
 3870 "fail APT will abort. APT will pass the filenames of all .deb files it is "
 3871 "going to install to the commands, one per line on the requested file "
 3872 "descriptor, defaulting to standard input."
 3873 msgstr ""
 3874 
 3875 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3876 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3877 msgid ""
 3878 "Version 2 of this protocol sends more information through the requested file "
 3879 "descriptor: a line with the text <literal>VERSION 2</literal>, the APT "
 3880 "configuration space, and a list of package actions with filename and version "
 3881 "information."
 3882 msgstr ""
 3883 
 3884 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3885 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3886 msgid ""
 3887 "Each configuration directive line has the form "
 3888 "<literal>key=value</literal>.  Special characters (equal signs, newlines, "
 3889 "nonprintable characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in "
 3890 "<literal>key</literal> and newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent "
 3891 "signs in <literal>value</literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by "
 3892 "multiple <literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The "
 3893 "configuration section ends with a blank line."
 3894 msgstr ""
 3895 
 3896 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3897 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3898 msgid ""
 3899 "Package action lines consist of five fields in Version 2: package name "
 3900 "(without architecture qualification even if foreign), old version, direction "
 3901 "of version change (&lt; for upgrades, &gt; for downgrades, = for no change), "
 3902 "new version, action. The version fields are \"-\" for no version at all (for "
 3903 "example when installing a package for the first time; no version is treated "
 3904 "as earlier than any real version, so that is an upgrade, indicated as "
 3905 "<literal>- &lt; 1.23.4</literal>). The action field is \"**CONFIGURE**\" if "
 3906 "the package is being configured, \"**REMOVE**\" if it is being removed, or "
 3907 "the filename of a .deb file if it is being unpacked."
 3908 msgstr ""
 3909 
 3910 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3911 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3912 msgid ""
 3913 "In Version 3 after each version field follows the architecture of this "
 3914 "version, which is \"-\" if there is no version, and a field showing the "
 3915 "MultiArch type \"same\", \"foreign\", \"allowed\" or \"none\". Note that "
 3916 "\"none\" is an incorrect typename which is just kept to remain compatible, "
 3917 "it should be read as \"no\" and users are encouraged to support both."
 3918 msgstr ""
 3919 
 3920 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3921 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3922 msgid ""
 3923 "The version of the protocol to be used for the command "
 3924 "<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> can be chosen by setting "
 3925 "<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::Version</literal> "
 3926 "accordingly, the default being version 1. If APT isn't supporting the "
 3927 "requested version it will send the information in the highest version it has "
 3928 "support for instead."
 3929 msgstr ""
 3930 
 3931 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3932 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3933 msgid ""
 3934 "The file descriptor to be used to send the information can be requested with "
 3935 "<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::InfoFD</literal> "
 3936 "which defaults to <literal>0</literal> for standard input and is available "
 3937 "since version 0.9.11. Support for the option can be detected by looking for "
 3938 "the environment variable <envar>APT_HOOK_INFO_FD</envar> which contains the "
 3939 "number of the used file descriptor as a confirmation."
 3940 msgstr ""
 3941 
 3942 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3943 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3944 msgid ""
 3945 "APT chdirs to this directory before invoking &dpkg;, the default is "
 3946 "<filename>/</filename>."
 3947 msgstr ""
 3948 
 3949 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3950 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3951 msgid ""
 3952 "These options are passed to &dpkg-buildpackage; when compiling packages; the "
 3953 "default is to disable signing and produce all binaries."
 3954 msgstr ""
 3955 
 3956 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3957 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3958 msgid ""
 3959 "If this option is set APT will call <command>dpkg --configure "
 3960 "--pending</command> to let &dpkg; handle all required configurations and "
 3961 "triggers. This option is activated by default, but deactivating it could be "
 3962 "useful if you want to run APT multiple times in a row - e.g. in an "
 3963 "installer.  In this scenario you could deactivate this option in all but the "
 3964 "last run."
 3965 msgstr ""
 3966 
 3967 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 3968 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3969 msgid "Periodic and Archives options"
 3970 msgstr ""
 3971 
 3972 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3973 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3974 msgid ""
 3975 "<literal>APT::Periodic</literal> and <literal>APT::Archives</literal> groups "
 3976 "of options configure behavior of apt periodic updates, which is done by the "
 3977 "<literal>/usr/lib/apt/apt.systemd.daily</literal> script. See the top of "
 3978 "this script for the brief documentation of these options."
 3979 msgstr ""
 3980 
 3981 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 3982 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3983 msgid "Debug options"
 3984 msgstr ""
 3985 
 3986 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 3987 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3988 msgid ""
 3989 "Enabling options in the <literal>Debug::</literal> section will cause "
 3990 "debugging information to be sent to the standard error stream of the program "
 3991 "utilizing the <literal>apt</literal> libraries, or enable special program "
 3992 "modes that are primarily useful for debugging the behavior of "
 3993 "<literal>apt</literal>.  Most of these options are not interesting to a "
 3994 "normal user, but a few may be:"
 3995 msgstr ""
 3996 
 3997 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3998 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 3999 msgid ""
 4000 "<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> enables output about the "
 4001 "decisions made by <literal>dist-upgrade, upgrade, install, remove, "
 4002 "purge</literal>."
 4003 msgstr ""
 4004 
 4005 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4006 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4007 msgid ""
 4008 "<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal> disables all file locking.  This can be "
 4009 "used to run some operations (for instance, <literal>apt-get -s "
 4010 "install</literal>) as a non-root user."
 4011 msgstr ""
 4012 
 4013 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4014 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4015 msgid ""
 4016 "<literal>Debug::pkgDPkgPM</literal> prints out the actual command line each "
 4017 "time that <literal>apt</literal> invokes &dpkg;."
 4018 msgstr ""
 4019 
 4020 #.  TODO: provide a
 4021 #. 	   motivating example, except I haven't a clue why you'd want
 4022 #. 	   to do this. 
 4023 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4024 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4025 msgid ""
 4026 "<literal>Debug::IdentCdrom</literal> disables the inclusion of statfs data "
 4027 "in CD-ROM IDs."
 4028 msgstr ""
 4029 
 4030 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 4031 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4032 msgid "A full list of debugging options to apt follows."
 4033 msgstr ""
 4034 
 4035 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4036 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4037 msgid "Print information related to accessing <literal>cdrom://</literal> sources."
 4038 msgstr ""
 4039 
 4040 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4041 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4042 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using FTP."
 4043 msgstr ""
 4044 
 4045 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4046 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4047 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTP."
 4048 msgstr ""
 4049 
 4050 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4051 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4052 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTPS."
 4053 msgstr ""
 4054 
 4055 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4056 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4057 msgid ""
 4058 "Print information related to verifying cryptographic signatures using "
 4059 "<literal>gpg</literal>."
 4060 msgstr ""
 4061 
 4062 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4063 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4064 msgid ""
 4065 "Output information about the process of accessing collections of packages "
 4066 "stored on CD-ROMs."
 4067 msgstr ""
 4068 
 4069 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4070 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4071 msgid "Describes the process of resolving build-dependencies in &apt-get;."
 4072 msgstr ""
 4073 
 4074 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4075 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4076 msgid ""
 4077 "Output each cryptographic hash that is generated by the "
 4078 "<literal>apt</literal> libraries."
 4079 msgstr ""
 4080 
 4081 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4082 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4083 msgid ""
 4084 "Do not include information from <literal>statfs</literal>, namely the number "
 4085 "of used and free blocks on the CD-ROM filesystem, when generating an ID for "
 4086 "a CD-ROM."
 4087 msgstr ""
 4088 
 4089 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4090 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4091 msgid ""
 4092 "Disable all file locking.  For instance, this will allow two instances of "
 4093 "<quote><literal>apt-get update</literal></quote> to run at the same time."
 4094 msgstr ""
 4095 
 4096 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4097 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4098 msgid "Log when items are added to or removed from the global download queue."
 4099 msgstr ""
 4100 
 4101 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4102 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4103 msgid ""
 4104 "Output status messages and errors related to verifying checksums and "
 4105 "cryptographic signatures of downloaded files."
 4106 msgstr ""
 4107 
 4108 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4109 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4110 msgid ""
 4111 "Output information about downloading and applying package index list diffs, "
 4112 "and errors relating to package index list diffs."
 4113 msgstr ""
 4114 
 4115 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4116 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4117 msgid ""
 4118 "Output information related to patching apt package lists when downloading "
 4119 "index diffs instead of full indices."
 4120 msgstr ""
 4121 
 4122 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4123 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4124 msgid "Log all interactions with the sub-processes that actually perform downloads."
 4125 msgstr ""
 4126 
 4127 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4128 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4129 msgid ""
 4130 "Log events related to the automatically-installed status of packages and to "
 4131 "the removal of unused packages."
 4132 msgstr ""
 4133 
 4134 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4135 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4136 msgid ""
 4137 "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically "
 4138 "installed to resolve dependencies.  This corresponds to the initial "
 4139 "auto-install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, "
 4140 "and not to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see "
 4141 "<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that."
 4142 msgstr ""
 4143 
 4144 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4145 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4146 msgid ""
 4147 "Generate debug messages describing which packages are marked as "
 4148 "keep/install/remove while the ProblemResolver does his work.  Each addition "
 4149 "or deletion may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two "
 4150 "additional spaces under the original entry.  The format for each line is "
 4151 "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or "
 4152 "<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name &lt;a.b.c "
 4153 "-&gt; d.e.f | x.y.z&gt; (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> "
 4154 "is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the "
 4155 "version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer "
 4156 "version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin "
 4157 "score). The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same "
 4158 "as the installed version.  <literal>section</literal> is the name of the "
 4159 "section the package appears in."
 4160 msgstr ""
 4161 
 4162 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4163 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4164 msgid ""
 4165 "When invoking &dpkg;, output the precise command line with which it is being "
 4166 "invoked, with arguments separated by a single space character."
 4167 msgstr ""
 4168 
 4169 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4170 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4171 msgid ""
 4172 "Output all the data received from &dpkg; on the status file descriptor and "
 4173 "any errors encountered while parsing it."
 4174 msgstr ""
 4175 
 4176 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4177 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4178 msgid ""
 4179 "Generate a trace of the algorithm that decides the order in which "
 4180 "<literal>apt</literal> should pass packages to &dpkg;."
 4181 msgstr ""
 4182 
 4183 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4184 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4185 msgid "Output status messages tracing the steps performed when invoking &dpkg;."
 4186 msgstr ""
 4187 
 4188 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4189 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4190 msgid "Output the priority of each package list on startup."
 4191 msgstr ""
 4192 
 4193 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4194 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4195 msgid ""
 4196 "Trace the execution of the dependency resolver (this applies only to what "
 4197 "happens when a complex dependency problem is encountered)."
 4198 msgstr ""
 4199 
 4200 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4201 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4202 msgid ""
 4203 "Display a list of all installed packages with their calculated score used by "
 4204 "the pkgProblemResolver. The description of the package is the same as "
 4205 "described in <literal>Debug::pkgDepCache::Marker</literal>"
 4206 msgstr ""
 4207 
 4208 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4209 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4210 msgid ""
 4211 "Print information about the vendors read from "
 4212 "<filename>/etc/apt/vendors.list</filename>."
 4213 msgstr ""
 4214 
 4215 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4216 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4217 msgid ""
 4218 "Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks.  This includes "
 4219 "e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or "
 4220 "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>."
 4221 msgstr ""
 4222 
 4223 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 4224 #: apt.conf.5.xml apt_preferences.5.xml sources.list.5.xml apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 4225 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml apt-transport-https.1.xml
 4226 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 4227 msgid "Examples"
 4228 msgstr ""
 4229 
 4230 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 4231 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4232 msgid ""
 4233 "&configureindex; is a configuration file showing example values for all "
 4234 "possible options."
 4235 msgstr ""
 4236 
 4237 #.  ? reading apt.conf 
 4238 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 4239 #: apt.conf.5.xml
 4240 msgid "&apt-cache;, &apt-config;, &apt-preferences;."
 4241 msgstr ""
 4242 
 4243 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 4244 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4245 msgid "Preference control file for APT"
 4246 msgstr ""
 4247 
 4248 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 4249 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4250 msgid ""
 4251 "The APT preferences file <filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> and the "
 4252 "fragment files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename> folder "
 4253 "can be used to control which versions of packages will be selected for "
 4254 "installation."
 4255 msgstr ""
 4256 
 4257 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 4258 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4259 msgid ""
 4260 "Several versions of a package may be available for installation when the "
 4261 "&sources-list; file contains references to more than one distribution (for "
 4262 "example, <literal>stable</literal> and <literal>testing</literal>).  APT "
 4263 "assigns a priority to each version that is available.  Subject to dependency "
 4264 "constraints, <command>apt-get</command> selects the version with the highest "
 4265 "priority for installation.  The APT preferences override the priorities that "
 4266 "APT assigns to package versions by default, thus giving the user control "
 4267 "over which one is selected for installation."
 4268 msgstr ""
 4269 
 4270 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 4271 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4272 msgid ""
 4273 "Several instances of the same version of a package may be available when the "
 4274 "&sources-list; file contains references to more than one source.  In this "
 4275 "case <command>apt-get</command> downloads the instance listed earliest in "
 4276 "the &sources-list; file.  The APT preferences do not affect the choice of "
 4277 "instance, only the choice of version."
 4278 msgstr ""
 4279 
 4280 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 4281 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4282 msgid ""
 4283 "Preferences are a strong power in the hands of a system administrator but "
 4284 "they can become also their biggest nightmare if used without care! APT will "
 4285 "not question the preferences, so wrong settings can lead to uninstallable "
 4286 "packages or wrong decisions while upgrading packages.  Even more problems "
 4287 "will arise if multiple distribution releases are mixed without a good "
 4288 "understanding of the following paragraphs.  Packages included in a specific "
 4289 "release aren't tested in (and therefore don't always work as expected in) "
 4290 "older or newer releases, or together with other packages from different "
 4291 "releases.  You have been warned."
 4292 msgstr ""
 4293 
 4294 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 4295 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4296 msgid ""
 4297 "Note that the files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d</filename> "
 4298 "directory are parsed in alphanumeric ascending order and need to obey the "
 4299 "following naming convention: The files have either no or "
 4300 "\"<literal>pref</literal>\" as filename extension and only contain "
 4301 "alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) and period (.) characters.  "
 4302 "Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has ignored a file, unless that "
 4303 "file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> "
 4304 "configuration list - in which case it will be silently ignored."
 4305 msgstr ""
 4306 
 4307 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4308 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4309 msgid "APT's Default Priority Assignments"
 4310 msgstr ""
 4311 
 4312 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
 4313 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4314 #, no-wrap
 4315 msgid ""
 4316 "<command>apt-get install -t testing "
 4317 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command>\n"
 4318 msgstr ""
 4319 
 4320 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
 4321 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4322 #, no-wrap
 4323 msgid "APT::Default-Release \"stable\";\n"
 4324 msgstr ""
 4325 
 4326 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4327 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4328 msgid ""
 4329 "If there is no preferences file or if there is no entry in the file that "
 4330 "applies to a particular version then the priority assigned to that version "
 4331 "is the priority of the distribution to which that version belongs.  It is "
 4332 "possible to single out a distribution, \"the target release\", which "
 4333 "receives a higher priority than other distributions do by default.  The "
 4334 "target release can be set on the <command>apt-get</command> command line or "
 4335 "in the APT configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename>.  Note "
 4336 "that this has precedence over any general priority you set in the "
 4337 "<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> file described later, but not over "
 4338 "specifically pinned packages.  For example, <placeholder "
 4339 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 4340 "id=\"1\"/>"
 4341 msgstr ""
 4342 
 4343 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4344 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4345 msgid ""
 4346 "If the target release has been specified then APT uses the following "
 4347 "algorithm to set the priorities of the versions of a package.  Assign:"
 4348 msgstr ""
 4349 
 4350 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4351 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4352 msgid "priority 1"
 4353 msgstr ""
 4354 
 4355 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4356 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4357 msgid ""
 4358 "to the versions coming from archives which in their "
 4359 "<filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" but "
 4360 "<emphasis>not</emphasis> as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
 4361 "<literal>experimental</literal> archive."
 4362 msgstr ""
 4363 
 4364 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4365 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4366 msgid "priority 100"
 4367 msgstr ""
 4368 
 4369 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4370 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4371 msgid ""
 4372 "to the version that is already installed (if any) and to the versions coming "
 4373 "from archives which in their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked "
 4374 "as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" and \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
 4375 "backports archive since <literal>squeeze-backports</literal>."
 4376 msgstr ""
 4377 
 4378 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4379 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4380 msgid "priority 500"
 4381 msgstr ""
 4382 
 4383 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4384 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4385 msgid "to the versions that do not belong to the target release."
 4386 msgstr ""
 4387 
 4388 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4389 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4390 msgid "priority 990"
 4391 msgstr ""
 4392 
 4393 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4394 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4395 msgid "to the versions that belong to the target release."
 4396 msgstr ""
 4397 
 4398 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4399 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4400 msgid ""
 4401 "The highest of those priorities whose description matches the version is "
 4402 "assigned to the version."
 4403 msgstr ""
 4404 
 4405 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4406 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4407 msgid ""
 4408 "If the target release has not been specified then APT simply assigns "
 4409 "priority 100 to all installed package versions and priority 500 to all "
 4410 "uninstalled package versions, except versions coming from archives which in "
 4411 "their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" "
 4412 "- these versions get the priority 1 or priority 100 if it is additionally "
 4413 "marked as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\"."
 4414 msgstr ""
 4415 
 4416 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4417 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4418 msgid ""
 4419 "APT then applies the following rules, listed in order of precedence, to "
 4420 "determine which version of a package to install."
 4421 msgstr ""
 4422 
 4423 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4424 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4425 msgid ""
 4426 "Never downgrade unless the priority of an available version exceeds 1000.  "
 4427 "(\"Downgrading\" is installing a less recent version of a package in place "
 4428 "of a more recent version.  Note that none of APT's default priorities "
 4429 "exceeds 1000; such high priorities can only be set in the preferences file.  "
 4430 "Note also that downgrading a package can be risky.)"
 4431 msgstr ""
 4432 
 4433 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4434 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4435 msgid "Install the highest priority version."
 4436 msgstr ""
 4437 
 4438 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4439 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4440 msgid ""
 4441 "If two or more versions have the same priority, install the most recent one "
 4442 "(that is, the one with the higher version number)."
 4443 msgstr ""
 4444 
 4445 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4446 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4447 msgid ""
 4448 "If two or more versions have the same priority and version number but either "
 4449 "the packages differ in some of their metadata or the "
 4450 "<literal>--reinstall</literal> option is given, install the uninstalled one."
 4451 msgstr ""
 4452 
 4453 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4454 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4455 msgid ""
 4456 "In a typical situation, the installed version of a package (priority 100)  "
 4457 "is not as recent as one of the versions available from the sources listed in "
 4458 "the &sources-list; file (priority 500 or 990).  Then the package will be "
 4459 "upgraded when <command>apt-get install "
 4460 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
 4461 "upgrade</command> is executed."
 4462 msgstr ""
 4463 
 4464 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4465 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4466 msgid ""
 4467 "More rarely, the installed version of a package is <emphasis>more</emphasis> "
 4468 "recent than any of the other available versions.  The package will not be "
 4469 "downgraded when <command>apt-get install "
 4470 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
 4471 "upgrade</command> is executed."
 4472 msgstr ""
 4473 
 4474 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4475 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4476 msgid ""
 4477 "Sometimes the installed version of a package is more recent than the version "
 4478 "belonging to the target release, but not as recent as a version belonging to "
 4479 "some other distribution.  Such a package will indeed be upgraded when "
 4480 "<command>apt-get install <replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> "
 4481 "or <command>apt-get upgrade</command> is executed, because at least "
 4482 "<emphasis>one</emphasis> of the available versions has a higher priority "
 4483 "than the installed version."
 4484 msgstr ""
 4485 
 4486 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4487 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4488 msgid "The Effect of APT Preferences"
 4489 msgstr ""
 4490 
 4491 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4492 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4493 msgid ""
 4494 "The APT preferences file allows the system administrator to control the "
 4495 "assignment of priorities.  The file consists of one or more multi-line "
 4496 "records separated by blank lines.  Records can have one of two forms, a "
 4497 "specific form and a general form."
 4498 msgstr ""
 4499 
 4500 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4501 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4502 msgid ""
 4503 "The specific form assigns a priority (a \"Pin-Priority\") to one or more "
 4504 "specified packages with a specified version or version range.  For example, "
 4505 "the following record assigns a high priority to all versions of the "
 4506 "<filename>perl</filename> package whose version number begins with "
 4507 "\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\".  Multiple packages can be separated by "
 4508 "spaces."
 4509 msgstr ""
 4510 
 4511 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
 4512 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4513 #, no-wrap
 4514 msgid ""
 4515 "Package: perl\n"
 4516 "Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
 4517 "Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
 4518 msgstr ""
 4519 
 4520 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4521 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4522 msgid ""
 4523 "The general form assigns a priority to all of the package versions in a "
 4524 "given distribution (that is, to all the versions of packages that are listed "
 4525 "in a certain <filename>Release</filename> file) or to all of the package "
 4526 "versions coming from a particular Internet site, as identified by the site's "
 4527 "fully qualified domain name."
 4528 msgstr ""
 4529 
 4530 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4531 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4532 msgid ""
 4533 "This general-form entry in the APT preferences file applies only to groups "
 4534 "of packages.  For example, the following record assigns a high priority to "
 4535 "all package versions available from the local site."
 4536 msgstr ""
 4537 
 4538 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
 4539 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4540 #, no-wrap
 4541 msgid ""
 4542 "Package: *\n"
 4543 "Pin: origin \"\"\n"
 4544 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
 4545 msgstr ""
 4546 
 4547 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4548 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4549 msgid ""
 4550 "A note of caution: the keyword used here is \"<literal>origin</literal>\" "
 4551 "which can be used to match a hostname. The following record will assign a "
 4552 "high priority to all versions available from the server identified by the "
 4553 "hostname \"ftp.de.debian.org\""
 4554 msgstr ""
 4555 
 4556 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
 4557 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4558 #, no-wrap
 4559 msgid ""
 4560 "Package: *\n"
 4561 "Pin: origin \"ftp.de.debian.org\"\n"
 4562 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
 4563 msgstr ""
 4564 
 4565 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4566 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4567 msgid ""
 4568 "This should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be confused with the Origin of a "
 4569 "distribution as specified in a <filename>Release</filename> file.  What "
 4570 "follows the \"Origin:\" tag in a <filename>Release</filename> file is not an "
 4571 "Internet address but an author or vendor name, such as \"Debian\" or "
 4572 "\"Ximian\"."
 4573 msgstr ""
 4574 
 4575 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4576 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4577 msgid ""
 4578 "The following record assigns a low priority to all package versions "
 4579 "belonging to any distribution whose Archive name is "
 4580 "\"<literal>unstable</literal>\"."
 4581 msgstr ""
 4582 
 4583 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
 4584 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4585 #, no-wrap
 4586 msgid ""
 4587 "Package: *\n"
 4588 "Pin: release a=unstable\n"
 4589 "Pin-Priority: 50\n"
 4590 msgstr ""
 4591 
 4592 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4593 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4594 msgid ""
 4595 "The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
 4596 "belonging to any distribution whose Codename is "
 4597 "\"<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal>\"."
 4598 msgstr ""
 4599 
 4600 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
 4601 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4602 #, no-wrap
 4603 msgid ""
 4604 "Package: *\n"
 4605 "Pin: release n=&debian-testing-codename;\n"
 4606 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
 4607 msgstr ""
 4608 
 4609 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4610 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4611 msgid ""
 4612 "The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
 4613 "belonging to any release whose Archive name is \"<literal>stable</literal>\" "
 4614 "and whose release Version number is "
 4615 "\"<literal>&debian-stable-version;</literal>\"."
 4616 msgstr ""
 4617 
 4618 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
 4619 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4620 #, no-wrap
 4621 msgid ""
 4622 "Package: *\n"
 4623 "Pin: release a=stable, v=&debian-stable-version;\n"
 4624 "Pin-Priority: 500\n"
 4625 msgstr ""
 4626 
 4627 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4628 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4629 msgid ""
 4630 "The effect of the comma operator is similar to an \"and\" in logic: All "
 4631 "conditions must be satisfied for the pin to match. There is one exception: "
 4632 "For any type of condition (such as two \"a\" conditions), only the last such "
 4633 "condition is checked."
 4634 msgstr ""
 4635 
 4636 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4637 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4638 msgid "Regular expressions and &glob; syntax"
 4639 msgstr ""
 4640 
 4641 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4642 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4643 msgid ""
 4644 "APT also supports pinning by &glob; expressions, and regular expressions "
 4645 "surrounded by slashes. For example, the following example assigns the "
 4646 "priority 500 to all packages from experimental where the name starts with "
 4647 "gnome (as a &glob;-like expression) or contains the word kde (as a POSIX "
 4648 "extended regular expression surrounded by slashes)."
 4649 msgstr ""
 4650 
 4651 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4652 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4653 #, no-wrap
 4654 msgid ""
 4655 "Package: gnome* /kde/\n"
 4656 "Pin: release a=experimental\n"
 4657 "Pin-Priority: 500\n"
 4658 msgstr ""
 4659 
 4660 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4661 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4662 msgid ""
 4663 "The rule for those expressions is that they can occur anywhere where a "
 4664 "string can occur. Thus, the following pin assigns the priority 990 to all "
 4665 "packages from a release starting with &ubuntu-codename;."
 4666 msgstr ""
 4667 
 4668 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4669 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4670 #, no-wrap
 4671 msgid ""
 4672 "Package: *\n"
 4673 "Pin: release n=&ubuntu-codename;*\n"
 4674 "Pin-Priority: 990\n"
 4675 msgstr ""
 4676 
 4677 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4678 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4679 msgid ""
 4680 "If a regular expression occurs in a <literal>Package</literal> field, the "
 4681 "behavior is the same as if this regular expression were replaced with a list "
 4682 "of all package names it matches. It is undecided whether this will change in "
 4683 "the future; thus you should always list wild-card pins first, so later "
 4684 "specific pins override it.  The pattern \"<literal>*</literal>\" in a "
 4685 "Package field is not considered a &glob; expression in itself."
 4686 msgstr ""
 4687 
 4688 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4689 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4690 msgid "How APT Interprets Priorities"
 4691 msgstr ""
 4692 
 4693 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4694 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4695 msgid ""
 4696 "Priorities (P) assigned in the APT preferences file must be positive or "
 4697 "negative integers.  They are interpreted as follows (roughly speaking):"
 4698 msgstr ""
 4699 
 4700 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4701 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4702 msgid "P &gt;= 1000"
 4703 msgstr ""
 4704 
 4705 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4706 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4707 msgid ""
 4708 "causes a version to be installed even if this constitutes a downgrade of the "
 4709 "package"
 4710 msgstr ""
 4711 
 4712 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4713 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4714 msgid "990 &lt;= P &lt; 1000"
 4715 msgstr ""
 4716 
 4717 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4718 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4719 msgid ""
 4720 "causes a version to be installed even if it does not come from the target "
 4721 "release, unless the installed version is more recent"
 4722 msgstr ""
 4723 
 4724 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4725 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4726 msgid "500 &lt;= P &lt; 990"
 4727 msgstr ""
 4728 
 4729 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4730 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4731 msgid ""
 4732 "causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
 4733 "belonging to the target release or the installed version is more recent"
 4734 msgstr ""
 4735 
 4736 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4737 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4738 msgid "100 &lt;= P &lt; 500"
 4739 msgstr ""
 4740 
 4741 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4742 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4743 msgid ""
 4744 "causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
 4745 "belonging to some other distribution or the installed version is more recent"
 4746 msgstr ""
 4747 
 4748 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4749 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4750 msgid "0 &lt; P &lt; 100"
 4751 msgstr ""
 4752 
 4753 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4754 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4755 msgid ""
 4756 "causes a version to be installed only if there is no installed version of "
 4757 "the package"
 4758 msgstr ""
 4759 
 4760 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4761 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4762 msgid "P &lt; 0"
 4763 msgstr ""
 4764 
 4765 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4766 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4767 msgid "prevents the version from being installed"
 4768 msgstr ""
 4769 
 4770 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4771 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4772 msgid "P = 0"
 4773 msgstr ""
 4774 
 4775 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4776 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4777 msgid "has undefined behaviour, do not use it."
 4778 msgstr ""
 4779 
 4780 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4781 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4782 msgid ""
 4783 "The first specific-form record matching an available package version "
 4784 "determines the priority of the package version.  Failing that, the priority "
 4785 "of the package is defined as the maximum of all priorities defined by "
 4786 "generic-form records matching the version.  Records defined using patterns "
 4787 "in the Pin field other than \"*\" are treated like specific-form records."
 4788 msgstr ""
 4789 
 4790 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4791 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4792 msgid ""
 4793 "For example, suppose the APT preferences file contains the three records "
 4794 "presented earlier:"
 4795 msgstr ""
 4796 
 4797 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4798 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4799 #, no-wrap
 4800 msgid ""
 4801 "Package: perl\n"
 4802 "Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
 4803 "Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
 4804 "\n"
 4805 "Package: *\n"
 4806 "Pin: origin \"\"\n"
 4807 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
 4808 "\n"
 4809 "Package: *\n"
 4810 "Pin: release unstable\n"
 4811 "Pin-Priority: 50\n"
 4812 msgstr ""
 4813 
 4814 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4815 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4816 msgid "Then:"
 4817 msgstr ""
 4818 
 4819 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4820 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4821 msgid ""
 4822 "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package "
 4823 "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with "
 4824 "\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\".  If <emphasis>any</emphasis> "
 4825 "&good-perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the "
 4826 "installed version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be "
 4827 "downgraded."
 4828 msgstr ""
 4829 
 4830 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4831 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4832 msgid ""
 4833 "A version of any package other than <literal>perl</literal> that is "
 4834 "available from the local system has priority over other versions, even "
 4835 "versions belonging to the target release."
 4836 msgstr ""
 4837 
 4838 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
 4839 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4840 msgid ""
 4841 "A version of a package whose origin is not the local system but some other "
 4842 "site listed in &sources-list; and which belongs to an "
 4843 "<literal>unstable</literal> distribution is only installed if it is selected "
 4844 "for installation and no version of the package is already installed."
 4845 msgstr ""
 4846 
 4847 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4848 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4849 msgid "Determination of Package Version and Distribution Properties"
 4850 msgstr ""
 4851 
 4852 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4853 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4854 msgid ""
 4855 "The locations listed in the &sources-list; file should provide "
 4856 "<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> files to "
 4857 "describe the packages available at that location."
 4858 msgstr ""
 4859 
 4860 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4861 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4862 msgid ""
 4863 "The <filename>Packages</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
 4864 "<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>component</replaceable>/<replaceable>arch</replaceable></filename>: "
 4865 "for example, "
 4866 "<filename>.../dists/stable/main/binary-i386/Packages</filename>.  It "
 4867 "consists of a series of multi-line records, one for each package available "
 4868 "in that directory.  Only two lines in each record are relevant for setting "
 4869 "APT priorities:"
 4870 msgstr ""
 4871 
 4872 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4873 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4874 msgid "the <literal>Package:</literal> line"
 4875 msgstr ""
 4876 
 4877 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4878 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4879 msgid "gives the package name"
 4880 msgstr ""
 4881 
 4882 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4883 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4884 msgid "the <literal>Version:</literal> line"
 4885 msgstr ""
 4886 
 4887 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4888 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4889 msgid "gives the version number for the named package"
 4890 msgstr ""
 4891 
 4892 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4893 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4894 msgid ""
 4895 "The <filename>Release</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
 4896 "<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable></filename>: for "
 4897 "example, <filename>.../dists/stable/Release</filename>, or "
 4898 "<filename>.../dists/&debian-stable-codename;/Release</filename>.  It "
 4899 "consists of a single multi-line record which applies to "
 4900 "<emphasis>all</emphasis> of the packages in the directory tree below its "
 4901 "parent.  Unlike the <filename>Packages</filename> file, nearly all of the "
 4902 "lines in a <filename>Release</filename> file are relevant for setting APT "
 4903 "priorities:"
 4904 msgstr ""
 4905 
 4906 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4907 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4908 msgid "the <literal>Archive:</literal> or <literal>Suite:</literal> line"
 4909 msgstr ""
 4910 
 4911 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4912 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4913 msgid ""
 4914 "names the archive to which all the packages in the directory tree belong.  "
 4915 "For example, the line \"Archive: stable\" or \"Suite: stable\" specifies "
 4916 "that all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
 4917 "<filename>Release</filename> file are in a <literal>stable</literal> "
 4918 "archive.  Specifying this value in the APT preferences file would require "
 4919 "the line:"
 4920 msgstr ""
 4921 
 4922 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 4923 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4924 #, no-wrap
 4925 msgid "Pin: release a=stable\n"
 4926 msgstr ""
 4927 
 4928 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4929 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4930 msgid "the <literal>Codename:</literal> line"
 4931 msgstr ""
 4932 
 4933 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4934 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4935 msgid ""
 4936 "names the codename to which all the packages in the directory tree belong.  "
 4937 "For example, the line \"Codename: &debian-testing-codename;\" specifies that "
 4938 "all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
 4939 "<filename>Release</filename> file belong to a version named "
 4940 "<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal>.  Specifying this value in the "
 4941 "APT preferences file would require the line:"
 4942 msgstr ""
 4943 
 4944 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 4945 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4946 #, no-wrap
 4947 msgid "Pin: release n=&debian-testing-codename;\n"
 4948 msgstr ""
 4949 
 4950 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4951 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4952 msgid ""
 4953 "names the release version.  For example, the packages in the tree might "
 4954 "belong to Debian release version &debian-stable-version;.  Note that there "
 4955 "is normally no version number for the <literal>testing</literal> and "
 4956 "<literal>unstable</literal> distributions because they have not been "
 4957 "released yet.  Specifying this in the APT preferences file would require one "
 4958 "of the following lines."
 4959 msgstr ""
 4960 
 4961 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 4962 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4963 #, no-wrap
 4964 msgid ""
 4965 "Pin: release v=&debian-stable-version;\n"
 4966 "Pin: release a=stable, v=&debian-stable-version;\n"
 4967 "Pin: release &debian-stable-version;\n"
 4968 msgstr ""
 4969 
 4970 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4971 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4972 msgid "the <literal>Component:</literal> line"
 4973 msgstr ""
 4974 
 4975 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4976 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4977 msgid ""
 4978 "names the licensing component associated with the packages in the directory "
 4979 "tree of the <filename>Release</filename> file.  For example, the line "
 4980 "\"Component: main\" specifies that all the packages in the directory tree "
 4981 "are from the <literal>main</literal> component, which entails that they are "
 4982 "licensed under terms listed in the Debian Free Software Guidelines.  "
 4983 "Specifying this component in the APT preferences file would require the "
 4984 "line:"
 4985 msgstr ""
 4986 
 4987 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 4988 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4989 #, no-wrap
 4990 msgid "Pin: release c=main\n"
 4991 msgstr ""
 4992 
 4993 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4994 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 4995 msgid "the <literal>Origin:</literal> line"
 4996 msgstr ""
 4997 
 4998 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 4999 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5000 msgid ""
 5001 "names the originator of the packages in the directory tree of the "
 5002 "<filename>Release</filename> file.  Most commonly, this is "
 5003 "<literal>Debian</literal>.  Specifying this origin in the APT preferences "
 5004 "file would require the line:"
 5005 msgstr ""
 5006 
 5007 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 5008 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5009 #, no-wrap
 5010 msgid "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
 5011 msgstr ""
 5012 
 5013 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5014 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5015 msgid "the <literal>Label:</literal> line"
 5016 msgstr ""
 5017 
 5018 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
 5019 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5020 msgid ""
 5021 "names the label of the packages in the directory tree of the "
 5022 "<filename>Release</filename> file.  Most commonly, this is "
 5023 "<literal>Debian</literal>.  Specifying this label in the APT preferences "
 5024 "file would require the line:"
 5025 msgstr ""
 5026 
 5027 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 5028 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5029 #, no-wrap
 5030 msgid "Pin: release l=Debian\n"
 5031 msgstr ""
 5032 
 5033 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 5034 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5035 msgid ""
 5036 "All of the <filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> "
 5037 "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored "
 5038 "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file "
 5039 "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the "
 5040 "<filename>apt.conf</filename> file.  For example, the file "
 5041 "<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> "
 5042 "contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site "
 5043 "<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> "
 5044 "architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the "
 5045 "<literal>unstable</literal> distribution."
 5046 msgstr ""
 5047 
 5048 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 5049 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5050 msgid "Optional Lines in an APT Preferences Record"
 5051 msgstr ""
 5052 
 5053 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 5054 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5055 msgid ""
 5056 "Each record in the APT preferences file can optionally begin with one or "
 5057 "more lines beginning with the word <literal>Explanation:</literal>.  This "
 5058 "provides a place for comments."
 5059 msgstr ""
 5060 
 5061 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 5062 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5063 msgid "Tracking Stable"
 5064 msgstr ""
 5065 
 5066 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
 5067 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5068 #, no-wrap
 5069 msgid ""
 5070 "Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated\n"
 5071 "Explanation: package versions other than those in the stable distro\n"
 5072 "Package: *\n"
 5073 "Pin: release a=stable\n"
 5074 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
 5075 "\n"
 5076 "Package: *\n"
 5077 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
 5078 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
 5079 msgstr ""
 5080 
 5081 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 5082 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5083 msgid ""
 5084 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
 5085 "higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
 5086 "<literal>stable</literal> distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
 5087 "package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> "
 5088 "distributions.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5089 msgstr ""
 5090 
 5091 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
 5092 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5093 #, no-wrap
 5094 msgid ""
 5095 "apt-get install <replaceable>package-name</replaceable>\n"
 5096 "apt-get upgrade\n"
 5097 "apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
 5098 msgstr ""
 5099 
 5100 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 5101 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5102 msgid ""
 5103 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
 5104 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
 5105 "<literal>stable</literal> version(s).  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 5106 "id=\"0\"/>"
 5107 msgstr ""
 5108 
 5109 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
 5110 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5111 #, no-wrap
 5112 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/testing\n"
 5113 msgstr ""
 5114 
 5115 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 5116 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5117 msgid ""
 5118 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
 5119 "latest version from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution; the package "
 5120 "will not be upgraded again unless this command is given again.  <placeholder "
 5121 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5122 msgstr ""
 5123 
 5124 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 5125 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5126 msgid "Tracking Testing or Unstable"
 5127 msgstr ""
 5128 
 5129 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
 5130 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5131 #, no-wrap
 5132 msgid ""
 5133 "Package: *\n"
 5134 "Pin: release a=testing\n"
 5135 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
 5136 "\n"
 5137 "Package: *\n"
 5138 "Pin: release a=unstable\n"
 5139 "Pin-Priority: 800\n"
 5140 "\n"
 5141 "Package: *\n"
 5142 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
 5143 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
 5144 msgstr ""
 5145 
 5146 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 5147 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5148 msgid ""
 5149 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a high priority "
 5150 "to package versions from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution, a "
 5151 "lower priority to package versions from the <literal>unstable</literal> "
 5152 "distribution, and a prohibitively low priority to package versions from "
 5153 "other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions.  <placeholder "
 5154 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5155 msgstr ""
 5156 
 5157 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 5158 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5159 msgid ""
 5160 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
 5161 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
 5162 "<literal>testing</literal> version(s).  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 5163 "id=\"0\"/>"
 5164 msgstr ""
 5165 
 5166 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
 5167 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5168 #, no-wrap
 5169 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/unstable\n"
 5170 msgstr ""
 5171 
 5172 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 5173 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5174 msgid ""
 5175 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
 5176 "latest version from the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution.  "
 5177 "Thereafter, <command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to "
 5178 "the most recent <literal>testing</literal> version if that is more recent "
 5179 "than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
 5180 "<literal>unstable</literal> version if that is more recent than the "
 5181 "installed version.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5182 msgstr ""
 5183 
 5184 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 5185 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5186 msgid "Tracking the evolution of a codename release"
 5187 msgstr ""
 5188 
 5189 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
 5190 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5191 #, no-wrap
 5192 msgid ""
 5193 "Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated package "
 5194 "versions\n"
 5195 "Explanation: other than those in the distribution codenamed with "
 5196 "&debian-testing-codename; or sid\n"
 5197 "Package: *\n"
 5198 "Pin: release n=&debian-testing-codename;\n"
 5199 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
 5200 "\n"
 5201 "Explanation: Debian unstable is always codenamed with sid\n"
 5202 "Package: *\n"
 5203 "Pin: release n=sid\n"
 5204 "Pin-Priority: 800\n"
 5205 "\n"
 5206 "Package: *\n"
 5207 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
 5208 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
 5209 msgstr ""
 5210 
 5211 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 5212 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5213 msgid ""
 5214 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
 5215 "higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
 5216 "specified codename of a distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
 5217 "package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions, "
 5218 "codenames and archives.  Note that with this APT preference APT will follow "
 5219 "the migration of a release from the archive <literal>testing</literal> to "
 5220 "<literal>stable</literal> and later <literal>oldstable</literal>. If you "
 5221 "want to follow for example the progress in <literal>testing</literal> "
 5222 "notwithstanding the codename changes you should use the example "
 5223 "configurations above.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5224 msgstr ""
 5225 
 5226 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 5227 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5228 msgid ""
 5229 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
 5230 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest version(s) in "
 5231 "the release codenamed with <literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal>.  "
 5232 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5233 msgstr ""
 5234 
 5235 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
 5236 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5237 #, no-wrap
 5238 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/sid\n"
 5239 msgstr ""
 5240 
 5241 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 5242 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5243 msgid ""
 5244 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
 5245 "latest version from the <literal>sid</literal> distribution.  Thereafter, "
 5246 "<command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to the most "
 5247 "recent <literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal> version if that is more "
 5248 "recent than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
 5249 "<literal>sid</literal> version if that is more recent than the installed "
 5250 "version.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5251 msgstr ""
 5252 
 5253 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5254 #: apt_preferences.5.xml
 5255 msgid "&apt-get; &apt-cache; &apt-conf; &sources-list;"
 5256 msgstr ""
 5257 
 5258 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 5259 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5260 msgid "List of configured APT data sources"
 5261 msgstr ""
 5262 
 5263 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5264 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5265 msgid ""
 5266 "The source list <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and the files "
 5267 "contained in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename> are designed to "
 5268 "support any number of active sources and a variety of source media. The "
 5269 "files list one source per line (one-line style) or contain multiline stanzas "
 5270 "defining one or more sources per stanza (deb822 style), with the most "
 5271 "preferred source listed first (in case a single version is available from "
 5272 "more than one source). The information available from the configured sources "
 5273 "is acquired by <command>apt-get update</command> (or by an equivalent "
 5274 "command from another APT front-end)."
 5275 msgstr ""
 5276 
 5277 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 5278 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5279 msgid "sources.list.d"
 5280 msgstr ""
 5281 
 5282 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5283 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5284 msgid ""
 5285 "The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> directory provides a way to "
 5286 "add sources.list entries in separate files.  Two different file formats are "
 5287 "allowed as described in the next two sections.  Filenames need to have "
 5288 "either the extension <filename>.list</filename> or "
 5289 "<filename>.sources</filename> depending on the contained format.  The "
 5290 "filenames may only contain letters (a-z and A-Z), digits (0-9), underscore "
 5291 "(_), hyphen (-) and period (.) characters.  Otherwise APT will print a "
 5292 "notice that it has ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
 5293 "<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
 5294 "case it will be silently ignored."
 5295 msgstr ""
 5296 
 5297 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 5298 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5299 msgid "One-Line-Style Format"
 5300 msgstr ""
 5301 
 5302 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5303 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5304 msgid ""
 5305 "Files in this format have the extension <filename>.list</filename>.  Each "
 5306 "line specifying a source starts with a type "
 5307 "(e.g. <literal>deb-src</literal>)  followed by options and arguments for "
 5308 "this type.  Individual entries cannot be continued onto a following "
 5309 "line. Empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character anywhere "
 5310 "on a line marks the remainder of that line as a comment. Consequently an "
 5311 "entry can be disabled by commenting out the entire line.  If options should "
 5312 "be provided they are separated by spaces and all of them together are "
 5313 "enclosed by square brackets (<literal>[]</literal>)  included in the line "
 5314 "after the type separated from it with a space.  If an option allows multiple "
 5315 "values these are separated from each other with a comma "
 5316 "(<literal>,</literal>). An option name is separated from its value(s) by an "
 5317 "equals sign (<literal>=</literal>). Multivalue options also have "
 5318 "<literal>-=</literal> and <literal>+=</literal> as separators, which instead "
 5319 "of replacing the default with the given value(s) modify the default value(s) "
 5320 "to remove or include the given values."
 5321 msgstr ""
 5322 
 5323 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5324 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5325 msgid ""
 5326 "This is the traditional format and supported by all apt versions.  Note that "
 5327 "not all options as described below are supported by all apt versions.  Note "
 5328 "also that some older applications parsing this format on their own might not "
 5329 "expect to encounter options as they were uncommon before the introduction of "
 5330 "multi-architecture support."
 5331 msgstr ""
 5332 
 5333 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 5334 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5335 msgid "deb822-Style Format"
 5336 msgstr ""
 5337 
 5338 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5339 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5340 msgid ""
 5341 "Files in this format have the extension <filename>.sources</filename>.  The "
 5342 "format is similar in syntax to other files used by Debian and its "
 5343 "derivatives, such as the metadata files that apt will download from the "
 5344 "configured sources or the <filename>debian/control</filename> file in a "
 5345 "Debian source package.  Individual entries are separated by an empty line; "
 5346 "additional empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character at "
 5347 "the start of the line marks the entire line as a comment. An entry can hence "
 5348 "be disabled by commenting out each line belonging to the stanza, but it is "
 5349 "usually easier to add the field \"Enabled: no\" to the stanza to disable the "
 5350 "entry. Removing the field or setting it to yes re-enables it.  Options have "
 5351 "the same syntax as every other field: A fieldname separated by a colon "
 5352 "(<literal>:</literal>) and optionally spaces from its value(s).  Note "
 5353 "especially that multiple values are separated by whitespaces (like spaces, "
 5354 "tabs and newlines), not by commas as in the one-line format.  Multivalue "
 5355 "fields like <literal>Architectures</literal> also have "
 5356 "<literal>Architectures-Add</literal> and "
 5357 "<literal>Architectures-Remove</literal> to modify the default value rather "
 5358 "than replacing it."
 5359 msgstr ""
 5360 
 5361 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5362 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5363 msgid ""
 5364 "This is a new format supported by apt itself since version 1.1. Previous "
 5365 "versions ignore such files with a notice message as described earlier.  It "
 5366 "is intended to make this format gradually the default format, deprecating "
 5367 "the previously described one-line-style format, as it is easier to create, "
 5368 "extend and modify for humans and machines alike especially if a lot of "
 5369 "sources and/or options are involved.  Developers who are working with and/or "
 5370 "parsing apt sources are highly encouraged to add support for this format and "
 5371 "to contact the APT team to coordinate and share this work. Users can freely "
 5372 "adopt this format already, but may encounter problems with software not "
 5373 "supporting the format yet."
 5374 msgstr ""
 5375 
 5376 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 5377 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5378 msgid "The deb and deb-src Types: General Format"
 5379 msgstr ""
 5380 
 5381 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5382 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5383 msgid ""
 5384 "The <literal>deb</literal> type references a typical two-level Debian "
 5385 "archive, <filename>distribution/component</filename>. The "
 5386 "<literal>distribution</literal> is generally a suite name like "
 5387 "<literal>stable</literal> or <literal>testing</literal> or a codename like "
 5388 "<literal>&debian-stable-codename;</literal> or "
 5389 "<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal> while component is one of "
 5390 "<literal>main</literal>, <literal>contrib</literal> or "
 5391 "<literal>non-free</literal>. The <literal>deb-src</literal> type references "
 5392 "a Debian distribution's source code in the same form as the "
 5393 "<literal>deb</literal> type.  A <literal>deb-src</literal> line is required "
 5394 "to fetch source indexes."
 5395 msgstr ""
 5396 
 5397 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5398 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5399 msgid ""
 5400 "The format for two one-line-style entries using the <literal>deb</literal> "
 5401 "and <literal>deb-src</literal> types is:"
 5402 msgstr ""
 5403 
 5404 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5405 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5406 #, no-wrap
 5407 msgid ""
 5408 "deb [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] [component2] "
 5409 "[...]\n"
 5410 "deb-src [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] "
 5411 "[component2] [...]"
 5412 msgstr ""
 5413 
 5414 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 5415 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5416 #, no-wrap
 5417 msgid ""
 5418 "     Types: deb deb-src\n"
 5419 "     URIs: uri\n"
 5420 "     Suites: suite\n"
 5421 "     Components: [component1] [component2] [...]\n"
 5422 "     option1: value1\n"
 5423 "     option2: value2\n"
 5424 "   "
 5425 msgstr ""
 5426 
 5427 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5428 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5429 msgid ""
 5430 "Alternatively the equivalent entry in deb822 style looks like this: "
 5431 "<placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5432 msgstr ""
 5433 
 5434 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5435 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5436 msgid ""
 5437 "The URI for the <literal>deb</literal> type must specify the base of the "
 5438 "Debian distribution, from which APT will find the information it needs.  "
 5439 "<literal>suite</literal> can specify an exact path, in which case the "
 5440 "components must be omitted and <literal>suite</literal> must end with a "
 5441 "slash (<literal>/</literal>). This is useful for the case when only a "
 5442 "particular sub-directory of the archive denoted by the URI is of interest.  "
 5443 "If <literal>suite</literal> does not specify an exact path, at least one "
 5444 "<literal>component</literal> must be present."
 5445 msgstr ""
 5446 
 5447 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5448 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5449 msgid ""
 5450 "<literal>suite</literal> may also contain a variable, "
 5451 "<literal>$(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as "
 5452 "<literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the "
 5453 "system. This permits architecture-independent "
 5454 "<filename>sources.list</filename> files to be used. In general this is only "
 5455 "of interest when specifying an exact path; <literal>APT</literal> will "
 5456 "automatically generate a URI with the current architecture otherwise."
 5457 msgstr ""
 5458 
 5459 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5460 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5461 msgid ""
 5462 "Especially in the one-line-style format since only one distribution can be "
 5463 "specified per line it may be necessary to have multiple lines for the same "
 5464 "URI, if a subset of all available distributions or components at that "
 5465 "location is desired.  APT will sort the URI list after it has generated a "
 5466 "complete set internally, and will collapse multiple references to the same "
 5467 "Internet host, for instance, into a single connection, so that it does not "
 5468 "inefficiently establish a connection, close it, do something else, and then "
 5469 "re-establish a connection to that same host. APT also parallelizes "
 5470 "connections to different hosts to more effectively deal with sites with low "
 5471 "bandwidth."
 5472 msgstr ""
 5473 
 5474 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5475 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5476 msgid ""
 5477 "It is important to list sources in order of preference, with the most "
 5478 "preferred source listed first. Typically this will result in sorting by "
 5479 "speed from fastest to slowest (CD-ROM followed by hosts on a local network, "
 5480 "followed by distant Internet hosts, for example)."
 5481 msgstr ""
 5482 
 5483 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 5484 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5485 #, no-wrap
 5486 msgid "&sourceslist-list-format;"
 5487 msgstr ""
 5488 
 5489 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 5490 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5491 #, no-wrap
 5492 msgid "&sourceslist-sources-format;"
 5493 msgstr ""
 5494 
 5495 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5496 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5497 msgid ""
 5498 "As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in "
 5499 "one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or "
 5500 "like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" "
 5501 "id=\"1\"/>"
 5502 msgstr ""
 5503 
 5504 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 5505 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5506 msgid "The deb and deb-src types: Options"
 5507 msgstr ""
 5508 
 5509 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5510 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5511 msgid ""
 5512 "Each source entry can have options specified to modify which source is "
 5513 "accessed and how data is acquired from it. Format, syntax and names of the "
 5514 "options vary between the one-line-style and deb822-style formats as "
 5515 "described, but they both have the same options available. For simplicity we "
 5516 "list the deb822 fieldname and provide the one-line name in brackets.  "
 5517 "Remember that besides setting multivalue options explicitly, there is also "
 5518 "the option to modify them based on the default, but we aren't listing those "
 5519 "names explicitly here. Unsupported options are silently ignored by all APT "
 5520 "versions."
 5521 msgstr ""
 5522 
 5523 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5524 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5525 msgid ""
 5526 "<option>Architectures</option> (<option>arch</option>) is a multivalue "
 5527 "option defining for which architectures information should be downloaded. If "
 5528 "this option isn't set the default is all architectures as defined by the "
 5529 "<option>APT::Architectures</option> config option."
 5530 msgstr ""
 5531 
 5532 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5533 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5534 msgid ""
 5535 "<option>Languages</option> (<option>lang</option>) is a multivalue option "
 5536 "defining for which languages information such as translated package "
 5537 "descriptions should be downloaded.  If this option isn't set the default is "
 5538 "all languages as defined by the <option>Acquire::Languages</option> config "
 5539 "option."
 5540 msgstr ""
 5541 
 5542 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5543 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5544 msgid ""
 5545 "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option "
 5546 "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If "
 5547 "not specified, the default set is defined by the "
 5548 "<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are "
 5549 "specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field).  "
 5550 "Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the "
 5551 "<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value "
 5552 "instead of using this multivalue option."
 5553 msgstr ""
 5554 
 5555 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5556 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5557 msgid ""
 5558 "<option>PDiffs</option> (<option>pdiffs</option>)  is a yes/no value which "
 5559 "controls if APT should try to use PDiffs to update old indexes instead of "
 5560 "downloading the new indexes entirely. The value of this option is ignored if "
 5561 "the repository doesn't announce the availability of PDiffs.  Defaults to the "
 5562 "value of the option with the same name for a specific index file defined in "
 5563 "the <option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself defaults to "
 5564 "the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::PDiffs</option> which "
 5565 "defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
 5566 msgstr ""
 5567 
 5568 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5569 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5570 msgid ""
 5571 "<option>By-Hash</option> (<option>by-hash</option>)  can have the value "
 5572 "<literal>yes</literal>, <literal>no</literal> or <literal>force</literal> "
 5573 "and controls if APT should try to acquire indexes via a URI constructed from "
 5574 "a hashsum of the expected file instead of using the well-known stable "
 5575 "filename of the index. Using this can avoid hashsum mismatches, but requires "
 5576 "a supporting mirror. A <literal>yes</literal> or <literal>no</literal> value "
 5577 "activates/disables the use of this feature if this source indicates support "
 5578 "for it, while <literal>force</literal> will enable the feature regardless of "
 5579 "what the source indicates. Defaults to the value of the option of the same "
 5580 "name for a specific index file defined in the "
 5581 "<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself defaults to the "
 5582 "value of configuration option <option>Acquire::By-Hash</option> which "
 5583 "defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
 5584 msgstr ""
 5585 
 5586 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5587 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5588 msgid ""
 5589 "Furthermore, there are options which if set affect <emphasis>all</emphasis> "
 5590 "sources with the same URI and Suite, so they have to be set on all such "
 5591 "entries and can not be varied between different components. APT will try to "
 5592 "detect and error out on such anomalies."
 5593 msgstr ""
 5594 
 5595 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5596 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5597 msgid ""
 5598 "<option>Allow-Insecure</option> (<option>allow-insecure</option>), "
 5599 "<option>Allow-Weak</option> (<option>allow-weak</option>) and "
 5600 "<option>Allow-Downgrade-To-Insecure</option> "
 5601 "(<option>allow-downgrade-to-insecure</option>)  are boolean values which all "
 5602 "default to <literal>no</literal>.  If set to <literal>yes</literal> they "
 5603 "circumvent parts of &apt-secure; and should therefore not be used lightly!"
 5604 msgstr ""
 5605 
 5606 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5607 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5608 msgid ""
 5609 "<option>Trusted</option> (<option>trusted</option>)  is a tri-state value "
 5610 "which defaults to APT deciding if a source is considered trusted or if "
 5611 "warnings should be raised before e.g.  packages are installed from this "
 5612 "source. This option can be used to override that decision. The value "
 5613 "<literal>yes</literal> tells APT always to consider this source as trusted, "
 5614 "even if it doesn't pass authentication checks. It disables parts of "
 5615 "&apt-secure;, and should therefore only be used in a local and trusted "
 5616 "context (if at all) as otherwise security is breached. The value "
 5617 "<literal>no</literal> does the opposite, causing the source to be handled as "
 5618 "untrusted even if the authentication checks passed successfully. The default "
 5619 "value can't be set explicitly."
 5620 msgstr ""
 5621 
 5622 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5623 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5624 msgid ""
 5625 "<option>Signed-By</option> (<option>signed-by</option>)  is an option to "
 5626 "require a repository to pass &apt-secure; verification with a certain set of "
 5627 "keys rather than all trusted keys apt has configured.  It is specified as a "
 5628 "list of absolute paths to keyring files (have to be accessible and readable "
 5629 "for the <literal>_apt</literal> system user, so ensure everyone has "
 5630 "read-permissions on the file) and fingerprints of keys to select from these "
 5631 "keyrings. If no keyring files are specified the default is the "
 5632 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> keyring and all keyrings in the "
 5633 "<filename>trusted.gpg.d/</filename> directory (see <command>apt-key "
 5634 "fingerprint</command>). If no fingerprint is specified all keys in the "
 5635 "keyrings are selected. A fingerprint will accept also all signatures by a "
 5636 "subkey of this key, if this isn't desired an exclamation mark "
 5637 "(<literal>!</literal>) can be appended to the fingerprint to disable this "
 5638 "behaviour.  The option defaults to the value of the option with the same "
 5639 "name if set in the previously acquired <filename>Release</filename> file of "
 5640 "this repository (only fingerprints can be specified there through).  "
 5641 "Otherwise all keys in the trusted keyrings are considered valid signers for "
 5642 "this repository."
 5643 msgstr ""
 5644 
 5645 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5646 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5647 msgid ""
 5648 "<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>)  is "
 5649 "a yes/no value which controls if APT should try to detect replay attacks. A "
 5650 "repository creator can declare a time until which the data provided in the "
 5651 "repository should be considered valid, and if this time is reached, but no "
 5652 "new data is provided, the data is considered expired and an error is "
 5653 "raised.  Besides increasing security, as a malicious attacker can't send old "
 5654 "data forever to prevent a user from upgrading to a new version, this also "
 5655 "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some "
 5656 "repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, "
 5657 "so this check can be disabled by setting this option to "
 5658 "<literal>no</literal>.  Defaults to the value of configuration option "
 5659 "<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to "
 5660 "<literal>yes</literal>."
 5661 msgstr ""
 5662 
 5663 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5664 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5665 msgid ""
 5666 "<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> (<option>valid-until-min</option>) and "
 5667 "<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> (<option>valid-until-max</option>) can be "
 5668 "used to raise or lower the time period in seconds in which the data from "
 5669 "this repository is considered valid. -Max can be especially useful if the "
 5670 "repository provides no Valid-Until field on its Release file to set your own "
 5671 "value, while -Min can be used to increase the valid time on seldom updated "
 5672 "(local) mirrors of a more frequently updated but less accessible archive "
 5673 "(which is in the sources.list as well) instead of disabling the check "
 5674 "entirely.  Default to the value of the configuration options "
 5675 "<option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> and "
 5676 "<option>Acquire::Max-ValidTime</option> which are both unset by default."
 5677 msgstr ""
 5678 
 5679 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5680 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5681 msgid ""
 5682 "<option>Check-Date</option> (<option>check-date</option>)  is a yes/no value "
 5683 "which controls if APT should consider the machine's time correct and hence "
 5684 "perform time related checks, such as verifying that a Release file is not "
 5685 "from the future. Disabling it also disables the "
 5686 "<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> option mentioned above."
 5687 msgstr ""
 5688 
 5689 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5690 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5691 msgid ""
 5692 "<option>Date-Max-Future</option> (<option>date-max-future</option>) controls "
 5693 "how far from the future a repository may be.  Default to the value of the "
 5694 "configuration option <option>Acquire::Max-FutureTime</option> which is 10 "
 5695 "seconds by default."
 5696 msgstr ""
 5697 
 5698 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5699 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5700 msgid ""
 5701 "<option>InRelease-Path</option> (<option>inrelease-path</option>)  "
 5702 "determines the path to the InRelease file, relative to the normal position "
 5703 "of an <filename>InRelease</filename> file.  By default, this option is unset "
 5704 "and APT will try to fetch an <filename>InRelease</filename> or, if that "
 5705 "fails, a <filename>Release</filename> file and its associated "
 5706 "<filename>Release.gpg</filename> file. By setting this option, the specified "
 5707 "path will be tried instead of the InRelease file, and the fallback to "
 5708 "<filename>Release</filename> files will be disabled."
 5709 msgstr ""
 5710 
 5711 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 5712 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5713 msgid "URI Specification"
 5714 msgstr ""
 5715 
 5716 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5717 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5718 msgid "The currently recognized URI types are:"
 5719 msgstr ""
 5720 
 5721 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5722 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5723 msgid "(&apt-transport-http;)"
 5724 msgstr ""
 5725 
 5726 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5727 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5728 msgid ""
 5729 "The http scheme specifies an HTTP server for an archive and is the most "
 5730 "commonly used method. The URI can directly include login information if the "
 5731 "archive requires it, but the use of &apt-authconf; should be preferred.  The "
 5732 "method also supports SOCKS5 and HTTP(S) proxies either configured via "
 5733 "apt-specific configuration or specified by the environment variable "
 5734 "<envar>http_proxy</envar> in the format (assuming an HTTP proxy requiring "
 5735 "authentication) <replaceable>http://user:pass@server:port/</replaceable>.  "
 5736 "The authentication details for proxies can also be supplied via "
 5737 "&apt-authconf;."
 5738 msgstr ""
 5739 
 5740 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5741 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5742 msgid ""
 5743 "Note that these forms of authentication are insecure as the whole "
 5744 "communication with the remote server (or proxy) is not encrypted so a "
 5745 "sufficiently capable attacker can observe and record login as well as all "
 5746 "other interactions. The attacker can <emphasis>not</emphasis> modify the "
 5747 "communication through as APTs data security model is independent of the "
 5748 "chosen transport method. See &apt-secure; for details."
 5749 msgstr ""
 5750 
 5751 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5752 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5753 msgid "(&apt-transport-https;)"
 5754 msgstr ""
 5755 
 5756 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5757 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5758 msgid ""
 5759 "The https scheme specifies an HTTPS server for an archive and is very "
 5760 "similar in use and available options to the http scheme. The main difference "
 5761 "is that the communication between apt and server (or proxy) is "
 5762 "encrypted. Note that the encryption does not prevent an attacker from "
 5763 "knowing which server (or proxy) apt is communicating with and deeper "
 5764 "analysis can potentially still reveal which data was downloaded. If this is "
 5765 "a concern the Tor-based schemes mentioned further below might be a suitable "
 5766 "alternative."
 5767 msgstr ""
 5768 
 5769 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><command><replaceable>
 5770 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5771 msgid "scheme"
 5772 msgstr ""
 5773 
 5774 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5775 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5776 msgid "(&apt-transport-mirror;)"
 5777 msgstr ""
 5778 
 5779 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5780 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5781 msgid ""
 5782 "The mirror scheme specifies the location of a mirrorlist. By default the "
 5783 "scheme used for the location is <literal>http</literal>, but any other "
 5784 "scheme can be used via "
 5785 "<command>mirror+<replaceable>scheme</replaceable></command>.  The mirrorlist "
 5786 "itself can contain many different URIs for mirrors the APT client can "
 5787 "transparently pick, choose and fallback between intended to help both with "
 5788 "distributing the load over the available mirrors and ensuring that clients "
 5789 "can acquire data even if some configured mirrors are not available."
 5790 msgstr ""
 5791 
 5792 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5793 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5794 msgid ""
 5795 "The file scheme allows an arbitrary directory in the file system to be "
 5796 "considered an archive. This is useful for NFS mounts and local mirrors or "
 5797 "archives."
 5798 msgstr ""
 5799 
 5800 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5801 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5802 msgid ""
 5803 "The cdrom scheme allows APT to use a local CD-ROM, DVD or USB drive with "
 5804 "media swapping. Use the &apt-cdrom; program to create cdrom entries in the "
 5805 "source list."
 5806 msgstr ""
 5807 
 5808 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5809 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5810 msgid ""
 5811 "The ftp scheme specifies an FTP server for an archive. Use of FTP is on the "
 5812 "decline in favour of <literal>http</literal> and <literal>https</literal> "
 5813 "and many archives either never offered or are retiring FTP access. If you "
 5814 "still need this method many configuration options for it are available in "
 5815 "the <literal>Acquire::ftp</literal> scope and detailed in &apt-conf;."
 5816 msgstr ""
 5817 
 5818 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5819 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5820 msgid ""
 5821 "Please note that an FTP proxy can be specified by using the "
 5822 "<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable. It is possible to specify an "
 5823 "HTTP proxy (HTTP proxy servers often understand FTP URLs)  using this "
 5824 "environment variable and <emphasis>only</emphasis> this environment "
 5825 "variable. Proxies using HTTP specified in the configuration file will be "
 5826 "ignored."
 5827 msgstr ""
 5828 
 5829 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5830 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5831 msgid ""
 5832 "The copy scheme is identical to the file scheme except that packages are "
 5833 "copied into the cache directory instead of used directly at their location.  "
 5834 "This is useful for people using removable media to copy files around with "
 5835 "APT."
 5836 msgstr ""
 5837 
 5838 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5839 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5840 msgid ""
 5841 "The rsh/ssh method invokes RSH/SSH to connect to a remote host and access "
 5842 "the files as a given user. Prior configuration of rhosts or RSA keys is "
 5843 "recommended. The standard <command>find</command> and <command>dd</command> "
 5844 "commands are used to perform the file transfers from the remote host."
 5845 msgstr ""
 5846 
 5847 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5848 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5849 msgid "adding more recognizable URI types"
 5850 msgstr ""
 5851 
 5852 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5853 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5854 msgid ""
 5855 "APT can be extended with more methods shipped in other optional packages, "
 5856 "which should follow the naming scheme "
 5857 "<package>apt-transport-<replaceable>method</replaceable></package>.  For "
 5858 "instance, the APT team also maintains the package "
 5859 "<package>apt-transport-tor</package>, which provides access methods for HTTP "
 5860 "and HTTPS URIs routed via the Tor network."
 5861 msgstr ""
 5862 
 5863 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5864 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5865 msgid ""
 5866 "Uses the archive stored locally (or NFS mounted) at /home/apt/debian for "
 5867 "stable/main, stable/contrib, and stable/non-free."
 5868 msgstr ""
 5869 
 5870 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5871 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5872 #, no-wrap
 5873 msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian stable main contrib non-free"
 5874 msgstr ""
 5875 
 5876 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5877 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5878 #, no-wrap
 5879 msgid ""
 5880 "Types: deb\n"
 5881 "URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
 5882 "Suites: stable\n"
 5883 "Components: main contrib non-free"
 5884 msgstr ""
 5885 
 5886 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5887 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5888 msgid "As above, except this uses the unstable (development) distribution."
 5889 msgstr ""
 5890 
 5891 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5892 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5893 #, no-wrap
 5894 msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
 5895 msgstr ""
 5896 
 5897 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5898 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5899 #, no-wrap
 5900 msgid ""
 5901 "Types: deb\n"
 5902 "URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
 5903 "Suites: unstable\n"
 5904 "Components: main contrib non-free"
 5905 msgstr ""
 5906 
 5907 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5908 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5909 msgid "Sources specification for the above."
 5910 msgstr ""
 5911 
 5912 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5913 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5914 #, no-wrap
 5915 msgid "deb-src file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
 5916 msgstr ""
 5917 
 5918 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5919 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5920 #, no-wrap
 5921 msgid ""
 5922 "Types: deb-src\n"
 5923 "URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
 5924 "Suites: unstable\n"
 5925 "Components: main contrib non-free"
 5926 msgstr ""
 5927 
 5928 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5929 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5930 msgid ""
 5931 "The first line gets package information for the architectures in "
 5932 "<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> while the second always retrieves "
 5933 "<literal>amd64</literal> and <literal>armel</literal>."
 5934 msgstr ""
 5935 
 5936 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5937 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5938 #, no-wrap
 5939 msgid ""
 5940 "deb http://deb.debian.org/debian &debian-stable-codename; main\n"
 5941 "deb [ arch=amd64,armel ] http://deb.debian.org/debian "
 5942 "&debian-stable-codename; main"
 5943 msgstr ""
 5944 
 5945 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5946 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5947 #, no-wrap
 5948 msgid ""
 5949 "Types: deb\n"
 5950 "URIs: http://deb.debian.org/debian\n"
 5951 "Suites: &debian-stable-codename;\n"
 5952 "Components: main\n"
 5953 "\n"
 5954 "Types: deb\n"
 5955 "URIs: http://deb.debian.org/debian\n"
 5956 "Suites: &debian-stable-codename;\n"
 5957 "Components: main\n"
 5958 "Architectures: amd64 armel\n"
 5959 msgstr ""
 5960 
 5961 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5962 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5963 msgid ""
 5964 "Uses HTTP to access the archive at archive.debian.org, and uses only the "
 5965 "hamm/main area."
 5966 msgstr ""
 5967 
 5968 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5969 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5970 #, no-wrap
 5971 msgid "deb http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive hamm main"
 5972 msgstr ""
 5973 
 5974 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5975 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5976 #, no-wrap
 5977 msgid ""
 5978 "Types: deb\n"
 5979 "URIs: http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive\n"
 5980 "Suites: hamm\n"
 5981 "Components: main"
 5982 msgstr ""
 5983 
 5984 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 5985 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5986 msgid ""
 5987 "Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
 5988 "directory, and uses only the &debian-stable-codename;/contrib area."
 5989 msgstr ""
 5990 
 5991 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5992 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5993 #, no-wrap
 5994 msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian &debian-stable-codename; contrib"
 5995 msgstr ""
 5996 
 5997 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 5998 #: sources.list.5.xml
 5999 #, no-wrap
 6000 msgid ""
 6001 "Types: deb\n"
 6002 "URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
 6003 "Suites: &debian-stable-codename;\n"
 6004 "Components: contrib"
 6005 msgstr ""
 6006 
 6007 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6008 #: sources.list.5.xml
 6009 msgid ""
 6010 "Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
 6011 "directory, and uses only the unstable/contrib area. If this line appears as "
 6012 "well as the one in the previous example in <filename>sources.list</filename> "
 6013 "a single FTP session will be used for both resource lines."
 6014 msgstr ""
 6015 
 6016 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 6017 #: sources.list.5.xml
 6018 #, no-wrap
 6019 msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian unstable contrib"
 6020 msgstr ""
 6021 
 6022 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 6023 #: sources.list.5.xml
 6024 #, no-wrap
 6025 msgid ""
 6026 "Types: deb\n"
 6027 "URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
 6028 "Suites: unstable\n"
 6029 "Components: contrib"
 6030 msgstr ""
 6031 
 6032 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 6033 #: sources.list.5.xml
 6034 #, no-wrap
 6035 msgid "deb http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
 6036 msgstr ""
 6037 
 6038 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 6039 #: sources.list.5.xml
 6040 #, no-wrap
 6041 msgid ""
 6042 "Types: deb\n"
 6043 "URIs: http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe\n"
 6044 "Suites: unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
 6045 msgstr ""
 6046 
 6047 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6048 #: sources.list.5.xml
 6049 msgid ""
 6050 "Uses HTTP to access the archive at ftp.tlh.debian.org, under the universe "
 6051 "directory, and uses only files found under "
 6052 "<filename>unstable/binary-i386</filename> on i386 machines, "
 6053 "<filename>unstable/binary-amd64</filename> on amd64, and so forth for other "
 6054 "supported architectures. [Note this example only illustrates how to use the "
 6055 "substitution variable; official debian archives are not structured like "
 6056 "this] <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder "
 6057 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>"
 6058 msgstr ""
 6059 
 6060 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6061 #: sources.list.5.xml
 6062 msgid ""
 6063 "Uses HTTP to get binary packages as well as sources from the stable, testing "
 6064 "and unstable suites and the components main and contrib."
 6065 msgstr ""
 6066 
 6067 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 6068 #: sources.list.5.xml
 6069 #, no-wrap
 6070 msgid ""
 6071 "deb http://deb.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
 6072 "deb-src http://deb.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
 6073 "deb http://deb.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
 6074 "deb-src http://deb.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
 6075 "deb http://deb.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib\n"
 6076 "deb-src http://deb.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib"
 6077 msgstr ""
 6078 
 6079 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 6080 #: sources.list.5.xml
 6081 #, no-wrap
 6082 msgid ""
 6083 "Types: deb deb-src\n"
 6084 "URIs: http://deb.debian.org/debian\n"
 6085 "Suites: stable testing unstable\n"
 6086 "Components: main contrib\n"
 6087 msgstr ""
 6088 
 6089 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6090 #: sources.list.5.xml
 6091 msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-conf;, &apt-acquire-additional-files;"
 6092 msgstr ""
 6093 
 6094 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
 6095 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml apt-sortpkgs.1.xml apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6096 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml apt-transport-https.1.xml
 6097 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 6098 msgid "1"
 6099 msgstr ""
 6100 
 6101 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 6102 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml
 6103 msgid ""
 6104 "Utility to extract <command>debconf</command> config and templates from "
 6105 "Debian packages"
 6106 msgstr ""
 6107 
 6108 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6109 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml
 6110 msgid ""
 6111 "<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> will take one or more Debian package "
 6112 "files as input and write out (to a temporary directory) all associated "
 6113 "config scripts and template files. For each passed in package that contains "
 6114 "config scripts and templates, one line of output will be generated in the "
 6115 "format:"
 6116 msgstr ""
 6117 
 6118 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6119 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml
 6120 msgid "package version template-file config-script"
 6121 msgstr ""
 6122 
 6123 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6124 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml
 6125 msgid ""
 6126 "template-file and config-script are written to the temporary directory "
 6127 "specified by the <option>-t</option> or <option>--tempdir</option> "
 6128 "(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>) directory, with "
 6129 "filenames of the form <filename>package.template.XXXXXX</filename> and "
 6130 "<filename>package.config.XXXXXX</filename>"
 6131 msgstr ""
 6132 
 6133 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6134 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml
 6135 msgid ""
 6136 "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> "
 6137 "template files and config scripts.  Configuration Item: "
 6138 "<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>"
 6139 msgstr ""
 6140 
 6141 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6142 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml
 6143 msgid ""
 6144 "<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> returns zero on normal operation, "
 6145 "decimal 100 on error."
 6146 msgstr ""
 6147 
 6148 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 6149 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml
 6150 msgid "Utility to sort package index files"
 6151 msgstr ""
 6152 
 6153 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6154 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml
 6155 msgid ""
 6156 "<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> will take an index file (source index or "
 6157 "package index) and sort the records so that they are ordered by the package "
 6158 "name.  It will also sort the internal fields of each record according to the "
 6159 "internal sorting rules."
 6160 msgstr ""
 6161 
 6162 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6163 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml
 6164 msgid "All output is sent to standard output; the input must be a seekable file."
 6165 msgstr ""
 6166 
 6167 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6168 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml
 6169 msgid ""
 6170 "Use source index field ordering.  Configuration Item: "
 6171 "<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>."
 6172 msgstr ""
 6173 
 6174 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6175 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml
 6176 msgid ""
 6177 "<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
 6178 "100 on error."
 6179 msgstr ""
 6180 
 6181 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 6182 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6183 msgid "Utility to generate index files"
 6184 msgstr ""
 6185 
 6186 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6187 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6188 msgid ""
 6189 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is the command line tool that generates "
 6190 "the index files that APT uses to access a distribution source. The index "
 6191 "files should be generated on the origin site based on the content of that "
 6192 "site."
 6193 msgstr ""
 6194 
 6195 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6196 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6197 msgid ""
 6198 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is a superset of the &dpkg-scanpackages; "
 6199 "program, incorporating its entire functionality via the "
 6200 "<literal>packages</literal> command.  It also contains a contents file "
 6201 "generator, <literal>contents</literal>, and an elaborate means to 'script' "
 6202 "the generation process for a complete archive."
 6203 msgstr ""
 6204 
 6205 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6206 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6207 msgid ""
 6208 "Internally <command>apt-ftparchive</command> can make use of binary "
 6209 "databases to cache the contents of a .deb file and it does not rely on any "
 6210 "external programs aside from &gzip;. When doing a full generate it "
 6211 "automatically performs file-change checks and builds the desired compressed "
 6212 "output files."
 6213 msgstr ""
 6214 
 6215 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6216 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6217 msgid ""
 6218 "The packages command generates a package file from a directory tree. It "
 6219 "takes the given directory and recursively searches it for .deb files, "
 6220 "emitting a package record to stdout for each. This command is approximately "
 6221 "equivalent to &dpkg-scanpackages;."
 6222 msgstr ""
 6223 
 6224 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6225 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6226 msgid "The option <option>--db</option> can be used to specify a binary caching DB."
 6227 msgstr ""
 6228 
 6229 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6230 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6231 msgid ""
 6232 "The <literal>sources</literal> command generates a source index file from a "
 6233 "directory tree.  It takes the given directory and recursively searches it "
 6234 "for .dsc files, emitting a source record to stdout for each. This command is "
 6235 "approximately equivalent to &dpkg-scansources;."
 6236 msgstr ""
 6237 
 6238 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6239 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6240 msgid ""
 6241 "If an override file is specified then a source override file will be looked "
 6242 "for with an extension of .src. The --source-override option can be used to "
 6243 "change the source override file that will be used."
 6244 msgstr ""
 6245 
 6246 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6247 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6248 msgid ""
 6249 "The <literal>contents</literal> command generates a contents file from a "
 6250 "directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it for "
 6251 ".deb files, and reads the file list from each file. It then sorts and writes "
 6252 "to stdout the list of files matched to packages. Directories are not written "
 6253 "to the output. If multiple packages own the same file then each package is "
 6254 "separated by a comma in the output."
 6255 msgstr ""
 6256 
 6257 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6258 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6259 msgid ""
 6260 "The <literal>release</literal> command generates a Release file from a "
 6261 "directory tree. It recursively searches the given directory for uncompressed "
 6262 "and compressed <filename>Packages</filename>, <filename>Sources</filename>, "
 6263 "<filename>Contents</filename>, <filename>Components</filename> and "
 6264 "<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, "
 6265 "<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by "
 6266 "default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>).  "
 6267 "Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in "
 6268 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>.  It then writes to "
 6269 "stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, "
 6270 "SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file."
 6271 msgstr ""
 6272 
 6273 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6274 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6275 msgid ""
 6276 "Values for the additional metadata fields in the Release file are taken from "
 6277 "the corresponding variables under "
 6278 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal>, "
 6279 "e.g. <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. The supported "
 6280 "fields are <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, "
 6281 "<literal>Suite</literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, "
 6282 "<literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</literal>, "
 6283 "<literal>NotAutomatic</literal>, <literal>ButAutomaticUpgrades</literal>, "
 6284 "<literal>Acquire-By-Hash</literal>, <literal>Valid-Until</literal>, "
 6285 "<literal>Signed-By</literal>, <literal>Architectures</literal>, "
 6286 "<literal>Components</literal> and <literal>Description</literal>."
 6287 msgstr ""
 6288 
 6289 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6290 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6291 msgid ""
 6292 "The <literal>generate</literal> command is designed to be runnable from a "
 6293 "cron script and builds indexes according to the given config file. The "
 6294 "config language provides a flexible means of specifying which index files "
 6295 "are built from which directories, as well as providing a simple means of "
 6296 "maintaining the required settings."
 6297 msgstr ""
 6298 
 6299 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6300 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6301 msgid ""
 6302 "The <literal>clean</literal> command tidies the databases used by the given "
 6303 "configuration file by removing any records that are no longer necessary."
 6304 msgstr ""
 6305 
 6306 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 6307 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6308 msgid "The Generate Configuration"
 6309 msgstr ""
 6310 
 6311 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6312 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6313 msgid ""
 6314 "The <literal>generate</literal> command uses a configuration file to "
 6315 "describe the archives that are going to be generated. It follows the typical "
 6316 "ISC configuration format as seen in ISC tools like bind 8 and dhcpd.  "
 6317 "&apt-conf; contains a description of the syntax. Note that the generate "
 6318 "configuration is parsed in sectional manner, but &apt-conf; is parsed in a "
 6319 "tree manner. This only effects how the scope tag is handled."
 6320 msgstr ""
 6321 
 6322 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6323 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6324 msgid "The generate configuration has four separate sections, each described below."
 6325 msgstr ""
 6326 
 6327 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 6328 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6329 msgid "<literal>Dir</literal> Section"
 6330 msgstr ""
 6331 
 6332 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 6333 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6334 msgid ""
 6335 "The <literal>Dir</literal> section defines the standard directories needed "
 6336 "to locate the files required during the generation process. These "
 6337 "directories are prepended certain relative paths defined in later sections "
 6338 "to produce a complete an absolute path."
 6339 msgstr ""
 6340 
 6341 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6342 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6343 msgid ""
 6344 "Specifies the root of the FTP archive, in a standard Debian configuration "
 6345 "this is the directory that contains the <filename>ls-LR</filename> and dist "
 6346 "nodes."
 6347 msgstr ""
 6348 
 6349 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6350 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6351 msgid "Specifies the location of the override files."
 6352 msgstr ""
 6353 
 6354 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6355 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6356 msgid "Specifies the location of the cache files."
 6357 msgstr ""
 6358 
 6359 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6360 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6361 msgid ""
 6362 "Specifies the location of the file list files, if the "
 6363 "<literal>FileList</literal> setting is used below."
 6364 msgstr ""
 6365 
 6366 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 6367 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6368 msgid "<literal>Default</literal> Section"
 6369 msgstr ""
 6370 
 6371 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 6372 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6373 msgid ""
 6374 "The <literal>Default</literal> section specifies default values, and "
 6375 "settings that control the operation of the generator. Other sections may "
 6376 "override these defaults with a per-section setting."
 6377 msgstr ""
 6378 
 6379 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6380 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6381 msgid ""
 6382 "Sets the default compression schemes to use for the package index files. It "
 6383 "is a string that contains a space separated list of at least one of the "
 6384 "compressors configured via the <option>APT::Compressor</option> "
 6385 "configuration scope.  The default for all compression schemes is '. gzip'."
 6386 msgstr ""
 6387 
 6388 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6389 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6390 msgid ""
 6391 "Sets the default list of file extensions that are package files.  This "
 6392 "defaults to '.deb'."
 6393 msgstr ""
 6394 
 6395 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6396 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6397 msgid ""
 6398 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
 6399 "controls the compression for the Sources files."
 6400 msgstr ""
 6401 
 6402 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6403 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6404 msgid ""
 6405 "Sets the default list of file extensions that are source files.  This "
 6406 "defaults to '.dsc'."
 6407 msgstr ""
 6408 
 6409 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6410 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6411 msgid ""
 6412 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
 6413 "controls the compression for the Contents files."
 6414 msgstr ""
 6415 
 6416 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6417 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6418 msgid ""
 6419 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
 6420 "controls the compression for the Translation-en master file."
 6421 msgstr ""
 6422 
 6423 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6424 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6425 msgid ""
 6426 "Specifies the number of kilobytes to delink (and replace with hard links) "
 6427 "per run. This is used in conjunction with the per-section "
 6428 "<literal>External-Links</literal> setting."
 6429 msgstr ""
 6430 
 6431 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6432 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6433 msgid ""
 6434 "Specifies the mode of all created index files. It defaults to 0644. All "
 6435 "index files are set to this mode with no regard to the umask."
 6436 msgstr ""
 6437 
 6438 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6439 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6440 msgid ""
 6441 "Specifies whether long descriptions should be included in the "
 6442 "<filename>Packages</filename> file or split out into a master "
 6443 "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file."
 6444 msgstr ""
 6445 
 6446 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 6447 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6448 msgid "<literal>TreeDefault</literal> Section"
 6449 msgstr ""
 6450 
 6451 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 6452 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6453 msgid ""
 6454 "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these "
 6455 "variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), "
 6456 "$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values."
 6457 msgstr ""
 6458 
 6459 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6460 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6461 msgid ""
 6462 "Sets the number of kilobytes of contents files that are generated each "
 6463 "day. The contents files are round-robined so that over several days they "
 6464 "will all be rebuilt."
 6465 msgstr ""
 6466 
 6467 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6468 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6469 msgid ""
 6470 "Controls the number of days a contents file is allowed to be checked without "
 6471 "changing. If this limit is passed the mtime of the contents file is "
 6472 "updated. This case can occur if the package file is changed in such a way "
 6473 "that does not result in a new contents file [override edit for instance]. A "
 6474 "hold off is allowed in hopes that new .debs will be installed, requiring a "
 6475 "new file anyhow. The default is 10, the units are in days."
 6476 msgstr ""
 6477 
 6478 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6479 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6480 msgid ""
 6481 "Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to "
 6482 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>"
 6483 msgstr ""
 6484 
 6485 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6486 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6487 msgid ""
 6488 "Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to "
 6489 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>"
 6490 msgstr ""
 6491 
 6492 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6493 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6494 msgid ""
 6495 "Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to "
 6496 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>"
 6497 msgstr ""
 6498 
 6499 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6500 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6501 msgid ""
 6502 "Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to "
 6503 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>"
 6504 msgstr ""
 6505 
 6506 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6507 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6508 msgid ""
 6509 "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if "
 6510 "they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to "
 6511 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>"
 6512 msgstr ""
 6513 
 6514 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6515 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6516 msgid ""
 6517 "Sets the path prefix that causes a symlink to be considered an internal link "
 6518 "instead of an external link. Defaults to "
 6519 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/</filename>"
 6520 msgstr ""
 6521 
 6522 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6523 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6524 msgid ""
 6525 "Sets the output Contents file. Defaults to "
 6526 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. If this setting "
 6527 "causes multiple Packages files to map onto a single Contents file (as is the "
 6528 "default)  then <command>apt-ftparchive</command> will integrate those "
 6529 "package files together automatically."
 6530 msgstr ""
 6531 
 6532 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6533 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6534 msgid "Sets header file to prepend to the contents output."
 6535 msgstr ""
 6536 
 6537 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6538 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6539 msgid ""
 6540 "Sets the binary cache database to use for this section. Multiple sections "
 6541 "can share the same database."
 6542 msgstr ""
 6543 
 6544 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6545 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6546 msgid ""
 6547 "Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
 6548 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
 6549 "given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory."
 6550 msgstr ""
 6551 
 6552 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6553 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6554 msgid ""
 6555 "Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
 6556 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
 6557 "given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory.  "
 6558 "This is used when processing source indexes."
 6559 msgstr ""
 6560 
 6561 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 6562 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6563 msgid "<literal>Tree</literal> Section"
 6564 msgstr ""
 6565 
 6566 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 6567 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6568 msgid ""
 6569 "The <literal>Tree</literal> section defines a standard Debian file tree "
 6570 "which consists of a base directory, then multiple sections in that base "
 6571 "directory and finally multiple Architectures in each section. The exact "
 6572 "pathing used is defined by the <literal>Directory</literal> substitution "
 6573 "variable."
 6574 msgstr ""
 6575 
 6576 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 6577 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6578 msgid ""
 6579 "The <literal>Tree</literal> section takes a scope tag which sets the "
 6580 "<literal>$(DIST)</literal> variable and defines the root of the tree (the "
 6581 "path is prefixed by <literal>ArchiveDir</literal>).  Typically this is a "
 6582 "setting such as <filename>dists/&debian-stable-codename;</filename>."
 6583 msgstr ""
 6584 
 6585 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 6586 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6587 msgid ""
 6588 "All of the settings defined in the <literal>TreeDefault</literal> section "
 6589 "can be used in a <literal>Tree</literal> section as well as three new "
 6590 "variables."
 6591 msgstr ""
 6592 
 6593 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
 6594 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6595 #, no-wrap
 6596 msgid ""
 6597 "for i in Sections do \n"
 6598 "   for j in Architectures do\n"
 6599 "      Generate for DIST=scope SECTION=i ARCH=j\n"
 6600 "     "
 6601 msgstr ""
 6602 
 6603 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 6604 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6605 msgid ""
 6606 "When processing a <literal>Tree</literal> section "
 6607 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> performs an operation similar to: "
 6608 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 6609 msgstr ""
 6610 
 6611 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6612 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6613 msgid ""
 6614 "This is a space separated list of sections which appear under the "
 6615 "distribution; typically this is something like <literal>main contrib "
 6616 "non-free</literal>"
 6617 msgstr ""
 6618 
 6619 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6620 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6621 msgid ""
 6622 "This is a space separated list of all the architectures that appear under "
 6623 "search section. The special architecture 'source' is used to indicate that "
 6624 "this tree has a source archive.  The architecture 'all' signals that "
 6625 "architecture specific files like <filename>Packages</filename> should not "
 6626 "include information about architecture <literal>all</literal> packages in "
 6627 "all files as they will be available in a dedicated file."
 6628 msgstr ""
 6629 
 6630 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6631 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6632 msgid ""
 6633 "Sets the binary override file. The override file contains section, priority "
 6634 "and maintainer address information."
 6635 msgstr ""
 6636 
 6637 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6638 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6639 msgid ""
 6640 "Sets the source override file. The override file contains section "
 6641 "information."
 6642 msgstr ""
 6643 
 6644 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6645 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6646 msgid "Sets the binary extra override file."
 6647 msgstr ""
 6648 
 6649 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6650 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6651 msgid "Sets the source extra override file."
 6652 msgstr ""
 6653 
 6654 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 6655 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6656 msgid "<literal>BinDirectory</literal> Section"
 6657 msgstr ""
 6658 
 6659 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 6660 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6661 msgid ""
 6662 "The <literal>bindirectory</literal> section defines a binary directory tree "
 6663 "with no special structure. The scope tag specifies the location of the "
 6664 "binary directory and the settings are similar to the <literal>Tree</literal> "
 6665 "section with no substitution variables or "
 6666 "<literal>Section</literal><literal>Architecture</literal> settings."
 6667 msgstr ""
 6668 
 6669 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6670 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6671 msgid "Sets the Packages file output."
 6672 msgstr ""
 6673 
 6674 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6675 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6676 msgid ""
 6677 "Sets the Sources file output. At least one of <literal>Packages</literal> or "
 6678 "<literal>Sources</literal> is required."
 6679 msgstr ""
 6680 
 6681 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6682 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6683 msgid "Sets the Contents file output (optional)."
 6684 msgstr ""
 6685 
 6686 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6687 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6688 msgid "Sets the binary override file."
 6689 msgstr ""
 6690 
 6691 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6692 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6693 msgid "Sets the source override file."
 6694 msgstr ""
 6695 
 6696 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6697 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6698 msgid "Sets the cache DB."
 6699 msgstr ""
 6700 
 6701 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6702 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6703 msgid "Appends a path to all the output paths."
 6704 msgstr ""
 6705 
 6706 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6707 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6708 msgid "Specifies the file list file."
 6709 msgstr ""
 6710 
 6711 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 6712 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6713 msgid "The Binary Override File"
 6714 msgstr ""
 6715 
 6716 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6717 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6718 msgid ""
 6719 "The binary override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scanpackages;. It "
 6720 "contains four fields separated by spaces. The first field is the package "
 6721 "name, the second is the priority to force that package to, the third is the "
 6722 "section to force that package to and the final field is the maintainer "
 6723 "permutation field."
 6724 msgstr ""
 6725 
 6726 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 6727 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6728 #, no-wrap
 6729 msgid "old [// oldn]* => new"
 6730 msgstr ""
 6731 
 6732 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 6733 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6734 #, no-wrap
 6735 msgid "new"
 6736 msgstr ""
 6737 
 6738 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6739 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6740 msgid ""
 6741 "The general form of the maintainer field is: <placeholder "
 6742 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or simply, <placeholder "
 6743 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> The first form allows a double-slash "
 6744 "separated list of old email addresses to be specified. If any of those are "
 6745 "found then new is substituted for the maintainer field. The second form "
 6746 "unconditionally substitutes the maintainer field."
 6747 msgstr ""
 6748 
 6749 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 6750 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6751 msgid "The Source Override File"
 6752 msgstr ""
 6753 
 6754 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6755 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6756 msgid ""
 6757 "The source override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scansources;. It "
 6758 "contains two fields separated by spaces. The first field is the source "
 6759 "package name, the second is the section to assign it."
 6760 msgstr ""
 6761 
 6762 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 6763 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6764 msgid "The Extra Override File"
 6765 msgstr ""
 6766 
 6767 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6768 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6769 msgid ""
 6770 "The extra override file allows any arbitrary tag to be added or replaced in "
 6771 "the output. It has three columns, the first is the package, the second is "
 6772 "the tag and the remainder of the line is the new value."
 6773 msgstr ""
 6774 
 6775 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6776 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6777 msgid ""
 6778 "Generate the given checksum. These options default to on, when turned off "
 6779 "the generated index files will not have the checksum fields where possible.  "
 6780 "Configuration Items: "
 6781 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> and "
 6782 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Index</replaceable>::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> "
 6783 "where <literal><replaceable>Index</replaceable></literal> can be "
 6784 "<literal>Packages</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> or "
 6785 "<literal>Release</literal> and "
 6786 "<literal><replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> can be "
 6787 "<literal>MD5</literal>, <literal>SHA1</literal>, <literal>SHA256</literal> "
 6788 "or <literal>SHA512</literal>."
 6789 msgstr ""
 6790 
 6791 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6792 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6793 msgid ""
 6794 "Use a binary caching DB. This has no effect on the generate command.  "
 6795 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DB</literal>."
 6796 msgstr ""
 6797 
 6798 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6799 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6800 msgid ""
 6801 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators.  "
 6802 "More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
 6803 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
 6804 "file.  Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
 6805 msgstr ""
 6806 
 6807 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6808 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6809 msgid ""
 6810 "Perform Delinking. If the <literal>External-Links</literal> setting is used "
 6811 "then this option actually enables delinking of the files. It defaults to on "
 6812 "and can be turned off with <option>--no-delink</option>.  Configuration "
 6813 "Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>."
 6814 msgstr ""
 6815 
 6816 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6817 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6818 msgid ""
 6819 "Perform contents generation. When this option is set and package indexes are "
 6820 "being generated with a cache DB then the file listing will also be extracted "
 6821 "and stored in the DB for later use. When using the generate command this "
 6822 "option also allows the creation of any Contents files. The default is on.  "
 6823 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Contents</literal>."
 6824 msgstr ""
 6825 
 6826 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6827 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6828 msgid ""
 6829 "Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</literal> "
 6830 "command.  Configuration Item: "
 6831 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>."
 6832 msgstr ""
 6833 
 6834 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6835 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6836 msgid ""
 6837 "Make the caching databases read only.  Configuration Item: "
 6838 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>."
 6839 msgstr ""
 6840 
 6841 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6842 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6843 msgid ""
 6844 "Accept in the <literal>packages</literal> and <literal>contents</literal> "
 6845 "commands only package files matching <literal>*_arch.deb</literal> or "
 6846 "<literal>*_all.deb</literal> instead of all package files in the given "
 6847 "path.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>."
 6848 msgstr ""
 6849 
 6850 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6851 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6852 msgid ""
 6853 "&apt-ftparchive; caches as much as possible of metadata in a cachedb. If "
 6854 "packages are recompiled and/or republished with the same version again, this "
 6855 "will lead to problems as the now outdated cached metadata like size and "
 6856 "checksums will be used. With this option enabled this will no longer happen "
 6857 "as it will be checked if the file was changed.  Note that this option is set "
 6858 "to \"<literal>false</literal>\" by default as it is not recommend to upload "
 6859 "multiply versions/builds of a package with the same versionnumber, so in "
 6860 "theory nobody will have these problems and therefore all these extra checks "
 6861 "are useless."
 6862 msgstr ""
 6863 
 6864 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6865 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6866 msgid ""
 6867 "This configuration option defaults to \"<literal>true</literal>\" and should "
 6868 "only be set to <literal>\"false\"</literal> if the Archive generated with "
 6869 "&apt-ftparchive; also provides <filename>Translation</filename> files. Note "
 6870 "that the <filename>Translation-en</filename> master file can only be created "
 6871 "in the generate command."
 6872 msgstr ""
 6873 
 6874 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 6875 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6876 #, no-wrap
 6877 msgid ""
 6878 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> packages "
 6879 "<replaceable>directory</replaceable> | <command>gzip</command> > "
 6880 "<filename>Packages.gz</filename>\n"
 6881 msgstr ""
 6882 
 6883 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6884 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6885 msgid ""
 6886 "To create a compressed Packages file for a directory containing binary "
 6887 "packages (.deb): <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 6888 msgstr ""
 6889 
 6890 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6891 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml
 6892 msgid ""
 6893 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
 6894 "100 on error."
 6895 msgstr ""
 6896 
 6897 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 6898 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6899 msgid "Login configuration file for APT sources and proxies"
 6900 msgstr ""
 6901 
 6902 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6903 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6904 msgid ""
 6905 "APT configuration files like &sources-list; or &apt-conf; need to be "
 6906 "accessible for everyone using apt tools on the system to have access to all "
 6907 "package-related information like the available packages in a "
 6908 "repository. Login information needed to connect to a proxy or to download "
 6909 "data from a repository on the other hand shouldn't always be accessible by "
 6910 "everyone and can hence not be placed in a file with world-readable file "
 6911 "permissions."
 6912 msgstr ""
 6913 
 6914 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6915 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6916 msgid ""
 6917 "The APT auth.conf file <filename>/etc/apt/auth.conf</filename>, and .conf "
 6918 "files inside <filename>/etc/apt/auth.conf.d</filename> can be used to store "
 6919 "login information in a netrc-like format with restrictive file permissions."
 6920 msgstr ""
 6921 
 6922 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 6923 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6924 msgid "netrc-like format"
 6925 msgstr ""
 6926 
 6927 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 6928 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6929 msgid ""
 6930 "The format defined here is similar to the format of the "
 6931 "<filename>~/.netrc</filename> file used by "
 6932 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle><command>ftp</command></refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> "
 6933 "and similar programs interacting with servers.  It is a simple token-based "
 6934 "format with the following tokens being recognized; Unknown tokens will be "
 6935 "ignored. Tokens may be separated by spaces, tabs or newlines."
 6936 msgstr ""
 6937 
 6938 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6939 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6940 msgid ""
 6941 "<literal>machine</literal> "
 6942 "<replaceable>hostname</replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</replaceable>][/<replaceable>path</replaceable>]"
 6943 msgstr ""
 6944 
 6945 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6946 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6947 msgid ""
 6948 "Entries are looked up by searching for the "
 6949 "<emphasis><literal>machine</literal></emphasis> token matching the hostname "
 6950 "of the URI apt needs login information for. Extending the netrc-format a "
 6951 "portnumber can be specified. If no port is given the token matches for all "
 6952 "ports.  Similar the path is optional and only needed and useful if multiple "
 6953 "repositories with different login information reside on the same server. A "
 6954 "machine token with a path matches if the path in the URI starts with the "
 6955 "path given in the token.  Once a match is made, the subsequent tokens are "
 6956 "processed, stopping when the end of file is reached or another "
 6957 "<emphasis><literal>machine</literal></emphasis> token is encountered."
 6958 msgstr ""
 6959 
 6960 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6961 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6962 msgid "<literal>login</literal> <replaceable>name</replaceable>"
 6963 msgstr ""
 6964 
 6965 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6966 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6967 msgid "The username to be used."
 6968 msgstr ""
 6969 
 6970 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6971 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6972 msgid "<literal>password</literal> <replaceable>string</replaceable>"
 6973 msgstr ""
 6974 
 6975 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6976 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6977 msgid "The password to be used."
 6978 msgstr ""
 6979 
 6980 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 6981 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6982 msgid "Example"
 6983 msgstr ""
 6984 
 6985 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 6986 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6987 #, no-wrap
 6988 msgid "deb http://example.org/debian &debian-stable-codename; main"
 6989 msgstr ""
 6990 
 6991 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 6992 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6993 #, no-wrap
 6994 msgid "deb http://apt:debian@example.org/debian &debian-stable-codename; main"
 6995 msgstr ""
 6996 
 6997 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 6998 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 6999 #, no-wrap
 7000 msgid ""
 7001 "machine example.org\n"
 7002 "login apt\n"
 7003 "password debian"
 7004 msgstr ""
 7005 
 7006 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 7007 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 7008 #, no-wrap
 7009 msgid "machine example.org login apt password debian"
 7010 msgstr ""
 7011 
 7012 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 7013 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 7014 #, no-wrap
 7015 msgid ""
 7016 "machine example.org/deb login apt password debian\n"
 7017 "machine example.org/debian login apt password debian\n"
 7018 "machine example.org/debian/ login apt password debian\n"
 7019 msgstr ""
 7020 
 7021 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
 7022 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 7023 #, no-wrap
 7024 msgid ""
 7025 "machine example.org:80 login apt password debian\n"
 7026 "machine example.org/deb/ login apt password debian\n"
 7027 "machine example.org/ubuntu login apt password debian\n"
 7028 "machine example.orga login apt password debian\n"
 7029 "machine example.net login apt password debian\n"
 7030 msgstr ""
 7031 
 7032 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7033 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 7034 msgid ""
 7035 "Supplying login information for a user named <literal>apt</literal> with the "
 7036 "password <literal>debian</literal> for the &sources-list; entry <placeholder "
 7037 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> could be done in the entry directly: "
 7038 "<placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> Alternatively an entry like "
 7039 "the following in the auth.conf file could be used: <placeholder "
 7040 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"2\"/> Or alternatively within a single line: "
 7041 "<placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"3\"/> If you need to be more "
 7042 "specific all of these lines will also apply to the example entry: "
 7043 "<placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"4\"/> On the other hand neither of "
 7044 "the following lines apply: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"5\"/>"
 7045 msgstr ""
 7046 
 7047 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
 7048 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 7049 msgid "Notes"
 7050 msgstr ""
 7051 
 7052 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7053 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 7054 msgid ""
 7055 "Basic support for this feature is present since version 0.7.25, but was "
 7056 "undocumented for years. The documentation was added in version 1.5 changing "
 7057 "also the implementation slightly. For maximum backward compatibility you "
 7058 "should avoid multiple <literal>machine</literal> tokens with the same "
 7059 "hostname, but if you need multiple they should all have a path specified in "
 7060 "the <literal>machine</literal> token."
 7061 msgstr ""
 7062 
 7063 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 7064 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 7065 msgid "<filename>/etc/apt/auth.conf</filename>"
 7066 msgstr ""
 7067 
 7068 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 7069 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 7070 msgid ""
 7071 "Login information for APT sources and proxies in a netrc-like format.  "
 7072 "Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Etc::netrc</literal>."
 7073 msgstr ""
 7074 
 7075 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 7076 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 7077 msgid "<filename>/etc/apt/auth.conf.d/*.conf</filename>"
 7078 msgstr ""
 7079 
 7080 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 7081 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 7082 msgid ""
 7083 "Login information for APT sources and proxies in a netrc-like format.  "
 7084 "Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Etc::netrcparts</literal>."
 7085 msgstr ""
 7086 
 7087 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7088 #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml
 7089 msgid "&apt-conf; &sources-list;"
 7090 msgstr ""
 7091 
 7092 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 7093 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7094 msgid "APT transport for downloading via the Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP)"
 7095 msgstr ""
 7096 
 7097 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7098 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7099 msgid ""
 7100 "This APT transport allows the use of repositories accessed via the Hypertext "
 7101 "Transfer Protocol (HTTP). It is available by default and probably the most "
 7102 "used of all transports. Note that a transport is never called directly by a "
 7103 "user but used by APT tools based on user configuration."
 7104 msgstr ""
 7105 
 7106 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7107 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7108 msgid ""
 7109 "HTTP is an unencrypted transport protocol meaning that the whole "
 7110 "communication with the remote server (or proxy) can be observed by a "
 7111 "sufficiently capable attacker commonly referred to as a \"man in the "
 7112 "middle\" (MITM).  However, such an attacker can <emphasis>not</emphasis> "
 7113 "modify the communication to compromise the security of your system, as APT's "
 7114 "data security model is independent of the chosen transport method. This is "
 7115 "explained in detail in &apt-secure;. An overview of available transport "
 7116 "methods is given in &sources-list;."
 7117 msgstr ""
 7118 
 7119 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7120 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7121 msgid ""
 7122 "Various options can be set in an &apt-conf; file to modify its behavior, "
 7123 "ranging from proxy configuration to workarounds for specific server "
 7124 "limitations."
 7125 msgstr ""
 7126 
 7127 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 7128 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7129 msgid "Proxy Configuration"
 7130 msgstr ""
 7131 
 7132 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7133 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7134 msgid ""
 7135 "The environment variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is supported for system "
 7136 "wide configuration.  Proxies specific to APT can be configured via the "
 7137 "option <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal>.  Proxies which should be "
 7138 "used only for certain hosts can be specified via "
 7139 "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. "
 7140 "Even more finegrained control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, "
 7141 "detailed further below.  All these options use the URI format "
 7142 "<literal><replaceable>scheme</replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</replaceable>]/</literal>.  "
 7143 "Supported URI schemes are <literal>socks5h</literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS "
 7144 "resolution), <literal>http</literal> and <literal>https</literal>.  "
 7145 "Authentication details can be supplied via &apt-authconf; instead of "
 7146 "including it in the URI directly."
 7147 msgstr ""
 7148 
 7149 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7150 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7151 msgid ""
 7152 "The various APT configuration options support the special value "
 7153 "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning that no proxy should be used. The "
 7154 "environment variable <envar>no_proxy</envar> is also supported for the same "
 7155 "purpose."
 7156 msgstr ""
 7157 
 7158 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7159 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7160 msgid ""
 7161 "Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with "
 7162 "HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> "
 7163 "tells the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances.  "
 7164 "<literal>Acquire::http::Max-Age</literal> sets the allowed maximum age (in "
 7165 "seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy.  "
 7166 "<literal>Acquire::http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should "
 7167 "not store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to "
 7168 "prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files."
 7169 msgstr ""
 7170 
 7171 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 7172 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7173 msgid "Automatic Proxy Configuration"
 7174 msgstr ""
 7175 
 7176 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7177 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7178 msgid ""
 7179 "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy-Auto-Detect</literal> can be used to specify "
 7180 "an external command to discover the HTTP proxy to use. The first and only "
 7181 "parameter is a URI denoting the host to be contacted, to allow for "
 7182 "host-specific configuration. APT expects the command to output the proxy on "
 7183 "stdout as a single line in the previously specified URI format or the word "
 7184 "<literal>DIRECT</literal> if no proxy should be used. No output indicates "
 7185 "that the generic proxy settings should be used."
 7186 msgstr ""
 7187 
 7188 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7189 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7190 msgid ""
 7191 "Note that auto-detection will not be used for a host if a host-specific "
 7192 "proxy configuration is already set via "
 7193 "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>."
 7194 msgstr ""
 7195 
 7196 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7197 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7198 msgid ""
 7199 "See the &squid-deb-proxy-client; and &auto-apt-proxy; packages for example "
 7200 "implementations."
 7201 msgstr ""
 7202 
 7203 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7204 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7205 msgid ""
 7206 "This option takes precedence over the legacy option name "
 7207 "<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>."
 7208 msgstr ""
 7209 
 7210 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 7211 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7212 msgid "Connection Configuration"
 7213 msgstr ""
 7214 
 7215 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7216 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7217 msgid ""
 7218 "The option <literal>Acquire::http::Timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer "
 7219 "used by the method; this value applies to the connection as well as the data "
 7220 "timeout."
 7221 msgstr ""
 7222 
 7223 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7224 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7225 msgid ""
 7226 "The used bandwidth can be limited with "
 7227 "<literal>Acquire::http::Dl-Limit</literal> which accepts integer values in "
 7228 "kilobytes per second. The default value is 0 which deactivates the limit and "
 7229 "tries to use all available bandwidth. Note that this option implicitly "
 7230 "disables downloading from multiple servers at the same time."
 7231 msgstr ""
 7232 
 7233 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7234 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7235 msgid ""
 7236 "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to "
 7237 "enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial "
 7238 "e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in "
 7239 "a pipeline.  APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and "
 7240 "proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the "
 7241 "HTTP/1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to "
 7242 "0. It is enabled by default with the value 10."
 7243 msgstr ""
 7244 
 7245 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7246 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7247 msgid ""
 7248 "<literal>Acquire::http::AllowRedirect</literal> controls whether APT will "
 7249 "follow redirects, which is enabled by default."
 7250 msgstr ""
 7251 
 7252 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7253 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7254 msgid ""
 7255 "<literal>Acquire::http::User-Agent</literal> can be used to set a different "
 7256 "User-Agent for the http download method as some proxies allow access for "
 7257 "clients only if the client uses a known identifier."
 7258 msgstr ""
 7259 
 7260 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7261 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7262 msgid ""
 7263 "<literal>Acquire::http::SendAccept</literal> is enabled by default and sends "
 7264 "an <literal>Accept: text/*</literal> header field to the server for requests "
 7265 "without file extensions to prevent the server from attempting content "
 7266 "negotiation."
 7267 msgstr ""
 7268 
 7269 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 7270 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7271 #, no-wrap
 7272 msgid ""
 7273 "Acquire::http {\n"
 7274 "\tProxy::example.org \"DIRECT\";\n"
 7275 "\tProxy \"socks5h://apt:pass@127.0.0.1:9050\";\n"
 7276 "\tProxy-Auto-Detect \"/usr/local/bin/apt-http-proxy-auto-detect\";\n"
 7277 "\tNo-Cache \"true\";\n"
 7278 "\tMax-Age \"3600\";\n"
 7279 "\tNo-Store \"true\";\n"
 7280 "\tTimeout \"10\";\n"
 7281 "\tDl-Limit \"42\";\n"
 7282 "\tPipeline-Depth \"0\";\n"
 7283 "\tAllowRedirect \"false\";\n"
 7284 "\tUser-Agent \"My APT-HTTP\";\n"
 7285 "\tSendAccept \"false\";\n"
 7286 "};\n"
 7287 msgstr ""
 7288 
 7289 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7290 #: apt-transport-http.1.xml
 7291 msgid "&apt-conf; &apt-authconf; &sources-list;"
 7292 msgstr ""
 7293 
 7294 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 7295 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7296 msgid "APT transport for downloading via the HTTP Secure protocol (HTTPS)"
 7297 msgstr ""
 7298 
 7299 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7300 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7301 msgid ""
 7302 "This APT transport allows the use of repositories accessed via the HTTP "
 7303 "Secure protocol (HTTPS), also referred to as HTTP over TLS. It is available "
 7304 "by default since apt 1.5 and was available before that in the package "
 7305 "<package>apt-transport-https</package>. Note that a transport is never "
 7306 "called directly by a user but used by APT tools based on user configuration."
 7307 msgstr ""
 7308 
 7309 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7310 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7311 msgid ""
 7312 "HTTP is by itself an unencrypted transport protocol (compare "
 7313 "&apt-transport-http;), which, as indicated by the appended S, is wrapped in "
 7314 "an encrypted layer known as Transport Layer Security (TLS) to provide "
 7315 "end-to-end encryption.  A sufficiently capable attacker can still observe "
 7316 "the communication partners and deeper analysis of the encrypted "
 7317 "communication might still reveal important details.  An overview over "
 7318 "available alternative transport methods is given in &sources-list;."
 7319 msgstr ""
 7320 
 7321 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7322 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7323 msgid ""
 7324 "The HTTPS protocol is based on the HTTP protocol, so all options supported "
 7325 "by &apt-transport-http; are also available via "
 7326 "<literal>Acquire::https</literal> and will default to the same values "
 7327 "specified for <literal>Acquire::http</literal>. This manpage will only "
 7328 "document the options <emphasis>unique to https</emphasis>."
 7329 msgstr ""
 7330 
 7331 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 7332 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7333 msgid "Server credentials"
 7334 msgstr ""
 7335 
 7336 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7337 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7338 msgid ""
 7339 "By default all certificates trusted by the system (see "
 7340 "<package>ca-certificates</package> package) are used for the verification of "
 7341 "the server certificate. An alternative certificate authority (CA) can be "
 7342 "configured with the <literal>Acquire::https::CAInfo</literal> option and its "
 7343 "host-specific option "
 7344 "<literal>Acquire::https::CAInfo::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>.  "
 7345 "The CAInfo option specifies a file made up of CA certificates (in PEM "
 7346 "format)  concatenated together to create the chain which APT should use to "
 7347 "verify the path from your self-signed root certificate. If the remote server "
 7348 "provides the whole chain during the exchange, the file need only contain the "
 7349 "root certificate. Otherwise, the whole chain is required. If you need to "
 7350 "support multiple authorities, the only way is to concatenate everything."
 7351 msgstr ""
 7352 
 7353 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7354 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7355 msgid ""
 7356 "A custom certificate revocation list (CRL) can be configured with the "
 7357 "options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and "
 7358 "<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>.  "
 7359 "As with the previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be specified."
 7360 msgstr ""
 7361 
 7362 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 7363 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7364 msgid "Disabling security"
 7365 msgstr ""
 7366 
 7367 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7368 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7369 msgid ""
 7370 "During server authentication, if certificate verification fails for some "
 7371 "reason (expired, revoked, man in the middle, etc.), the connection fails.  "
 7372 "This is obviously what you want in all cases and what the default value "
 7373 "(true)  of the option <literal>Acquire::https::Verify-Peer</literal> and its "
 7374 "host-specific variant provides. If you know <emphasis>exactly</emphasis> "
 7375 "what you are doing, setting this option to \"<literal>false</literal>\" "
 7376 "allows you to skip peer certificate verification and make the exchange "
 7377 "succeed. Again, this option is for debugging or testing purposes only as it "
 7378 "removes all security provided by the use of HTTPS."
 7379 msgstr ""
 7380 
 7381 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7382 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7383 msgid ""
 7384 "Similarly the option <literal>Acquire::https::Verify-Host</literal> and its "
 7385 "host-specific variant can be used to deactivate a security feature: The "
 7386 "certificate provided by the server includes the identity of the server which "
 7387 "should match the DNS name used to access it. By default, as requested by RFC "
 7388 "2818, the name of the mirror is checked against the identity found in the "
 7389 "certificate. This default behavior is safe and should not be changed, but if "
 7390 "you know that the server you are using has a DNS name which does not match "
 7391 "the identity in its certificate, you can set the option to "
 7392 "\"<literal>false</literal>\", which will prevent the comparison from being "
 7393 "performed."
 7394 msgstr ""
 7395 
 7396 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 7397 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7398 msgid "Client authentication"
 7399 msgstr ""
 7400 
 7401 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7402 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7403 msgid ""
 7404 "Besides supporting password-based authentication (see &apt-authconf;) HTTPS "
 7405 "also supports authentication based on client certificates via "
 7406 "<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and "
 7407 "<literal>Acquire::https::SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively "
 7408 "to the filename of the X.509 client certificate and the associated "
 7409 "(unencrypted) private key, both in PEM format.  In practice the use of the "
 7410 "host-specific variants of both options is highly recommended."
 7411 msgstr ""
 7412 
 7413 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
 7414 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7415 #, no-wrap
 7416 msgid ""
 7417 "Acquire::https {\n"
 7418 "\tProxy::example.org \"DIRECT\";\n"
 7419 "\tProxy \"socks5h://apt:pass@127.0.0.1:9050\";\n"
 7420 "\tProxy-Auto-Detect \"/usr/local/bin/apt-https-proxy-auto-detect\";\n"
 7421 "\tNo-Cache \"true\";\n"
 7422 "\tMax-Age \"3600\";\n"
 7423 "\tNo-Store \"true\";\n"
 7424 "\tTimeout \"10\";\n"
 7425 "\tDl-Limit \"42\";\n"
 7426 "\tPipeline-Depth \"0\";\n"
 7427 "\tAllowRedirect \"false\";\n"
 7428 "\tUser-Agent \"My APT-HTTPS\";\n"
 7429 "\tSendAccept \"false\";\n"
 7430 "\n"
 7431 "\tCAInfo \"/path/to/ca/certs.pem\";\n"
 7432 "\tCRLFile \"/path/to/all/crl.pem\";\n"
 7433 "\tVerify-Peer \"true\";\n"
 7434 "\tVerify-Host::broken.example.org \"false\";\n"
 7435 "\tSSLCert::example.org \"/path/to/client/cert.pem\";\n"
 7436 "\tSSLKey::example.org \"/path/to/client/key.pem\"\n"
 7437 "};\n"
 7438 msgstr ""
 7439 
 7440 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7441 #: apt-transport-https.1.xml
 7442 msgid "&apt-transport-http; &apt-conf; &apt-authconf; &sources-list;"
 7443 msgstr ""
 7444 
 7445 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 7446 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7447 msgid "APT transport for more automated mirror selection"
 7448 msgstr ""
 7449 
 7450 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7451 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7452 msgid ""
 7453 "This APT transport isn't implementing a protocol to access local or remote "
 7454 "repositories on its own, but acquires a mirrorlist and redirects all "
 7455 "requests to the mirror(s) picked from this list, accessing them via other "
 7456 "transports like &apt-transport-http;. The basic functionality has been "
 7457 "available since apt 0.7.24, but was undocumented until apt 1.6 which "
 7458 "contained a complete rework of the transport and its supported "
 7459 "features. Note that a transport is never called directly by a user but used "
 7460 "by APT tools based on user configuration."
 7461 msgstr ""
 7462 
 7463 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7464 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7465 msgid ""
 7466 "If the acquisition of a file via a mirror fails, the method ensures that "
 7467 "another possible mirror from the list is automatically tried until either "
 7468 "the file is retrieved or no mirror is left in the list, transparently "
 7469 "handling server downtimes and similar problems."
 7470 msgstr ""
 7471 
 7472 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7473 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7474 msgid ""
 7475 "The security implications of the transport depend on the security "
 7476 "considerations associated with the transport used to acquire the mirrorlist "
 7477 "and the transports involved in accessing the chosen mirror(s) by the "
 7478 "transport."
 7479 msgstr ""
 7480 
 7481 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
 7482 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7483 msgid ""
 7484 "This transport has no configuration options at present. The mirror selection "
 7485 "is based entirely on the mirrors offered in the mirrorlist and the files APT "
 7486 "needs to acquire."
 7487 msgstr ""
 7488 
 7489 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 7490 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7491 msgid "Mirrorlist format"
 7492 msgstr ""
 7493 
 7494 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7495 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7496 msgid ""
 7497 "A mirrorlist contains one or more lines each specifying a URI for a mirror.  "
 7498 "Empty lines and those starting with a hash character (<literal>#</literal>) "
 7499 "are ignored.  A URI always starts with a URI scheme which defines the "
 7500 "transport used for this mirror. If for example the URI starts with "
 7501 "<literal>http:</literal>, the responsible transport is &apt-transport-http; "
 7502 "which might have specific requirements for the format of the remaining part "
 7503 "of the URI."
 7504 msgstr ""
 7505 
 7506 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7507 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7508 msgid ""
 7509 "Metadata about a mirror can be given on the same line, separated from the "
 7510 "URI by a tab.  Multiple items of metadata can themselves be separated by "
 7511 "either tabs or spaces.  (This is an advanced feature only available with apt "
 7512 ">= 1.6. Earlier apt versions will fail to parse mirrorlists using this "
 7513 "feature.)"
 7514 msgstr ""
 7515 
 7516 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7517 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7518 msgid ""
 7519 "Since apt 1.6 the use of compressed mirrorlists is also supported.  Note "
 7520 "that the filename of the mirrorlist must specify the compression algorithm "
 7521 "used; there is no auto-detection based on file contents."
 7522 msgstr ""
 7523 
 7524 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 7525 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7526 msgid "Mirror selection by metadata"
 7527 msgstr ""
 7528 
 7529 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7530 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7531 msgid ""
 7532 "As specified in the format, a mirror can have additional metadata attached "
 7533 "to prevent a mirror from being selected for acquiring a file not matching "
 7534 "this metadata.  This way the mirrorlist can e.g. contain partial mirrors "
 7535 "serving only certain architectures and APT will automatically choose a "
 7536 "different mirror for files requiring an unlisted architecture. Supported are "
 7537 "limits for the architecture (<literal>arch</literal>), codename of the "
 7538 "release (<literal>codename</literal>), component of the repository the file "
 7539 "is in (<literal>component</literal>), language the file applies to "
 7540 "(<literal>lang</literal>), suite name of the release "
 7541 "(<literal>suite</literal>) and type of the file (<literal>type</literal>)."
 7542 msgstr ""
 7543 
 7544 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 7545 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7546 msgid "Fallback order for mirrors"
 7547 msgstr ""
 7548 
 7549 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7550 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7551 msgid ""
 7552 "If no priority is given for a mirror via the metadata key "
 7553 "<literal>priority</literal>, the order in which mirrors are contacted is "
 7554 "random. If a certain set of mirrors should be tried first before any of "
 7555 "another set is tried, a priority can be explicitly set. The mirrors with the "
 7556 "lowest number are tried first. Mirrors which have no explicit priority set "
 7557 "default to the highest possible number and are therefore tried last. The "
 7558 "choice between mirrors with the same priority is again random."
 7559 msgstr ""
 7560 
 7561 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 7562 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7563 msgid "Allowed transports in a mirrorlist"
 7564 msgstr ""
 7565 
 7566 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7567 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7568 msgid ""
 7569 "The availability and choice of transports in a mirrorlist is limited by how "
 7570 "the APT client is accessing the mirrorlist. If a local transport like "
 7571 "<literal>file</literal> or <literal>copy</literal> is used, the mirrorlist "
 7572 "can also include local sources, while a mirrorlist accessed via "
 7573 "<literal>http</literal> can not. Additionally, a mirrorlist can not contain "
 7574 "a mirrorlist or other wrapping transports (like "
 7575 "<package>apt-transport-tor</package>).  See the documentation of these "
 7576 "transports on how to use them with the mirror method."
 7577 msgstr ""
 7578 
 7579 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7580 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7581 msgid ""
 7582 "Note that apt versions before 1.6 do not support any other transport than "
 7583 "<literal>http</literal>."
 7584 msgstr ""
 7585 
 7586 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 7587 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7588 msgid "Basic example"
 7589 msgstr ""
 7590 
 7591 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7592 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7593 msgid ""
 7594 "A basic mirrorlist example supported by all apt versions with a mirror "
 7595 "method (>= 0.7.24) in which the client will pick any of the three mirrors:"
 7596 msgstr ""
 7597 
 7598 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><literallayout>
 7599 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7600 #, no-wrap
 7601 msgid ""
 7602 "http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/\n"
 7603 "http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian/\n"
 7604 "http://deb.debian.org/debian/\n"
 7605 msgstr ""
 7606 
 7607 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7608 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7609 msgid ""
 7610 "Assuming a file with this content is stored as "
 7611 "<filename>/etc/apt/mirrorlist.txt</filename> on your machine it can be used "
 7612 "like this in &sources-list; (since apt 1.6):"
 7613 msgstr ""
 7614 
 7615 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><literallayout>
 7616 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7617 #, no-wrap
 7618 msgid "deb mirror+file:/etc/apt/mirrorlist.txt &debian-stable-codename; main\n"
 7619 msgstr ""
 7620 
 7621 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7622 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7623 msgid ""
 7624 "All versions of the mirror method support a mirrorlist accessible via HTTP, "
 7625 "so assuming it is available at "
 7626 "<literal>http://apt.example.org/mirror.lst</literal> the sources.list entry "
 7627 "from above could instead be written as:"
 7628 msgstr ""
 7629 
 7630 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><literallayout>
 7631 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7632 #, no-wrap
 7633 msgid "deb mirror://apt.example.org/mirror.lst &debian-stable-codename; main\n"
 7634 msgstr ""
 7635 
 7636 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7637 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7638 msgid ""
 7639 "Note that since apt 1.6 the use of <literal>mirror+http</literal> should be "
 7640 "preferred over <literal>mirror</literal> for uniformity. The functionality "
 7641 "is the same."
 7642 msgstr ""
 7643 
 7644 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 7645 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7646 msgid "Example with metadata-enhanced mirror selection"
 7647 msgstr ""
 7648 
 7649 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7650 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7651 msgid ""
 7652 "As explained in the format definition apt versions before 1.6 do not support "
 7653 "this and will fail parsing the mirrorlist. The example mirrorlist is "
 7654 "intentionally complicated to show some aspects of the selection. The "
 7655 "following setup is assumed: The first mirror is a local mirror accessible "
 7656 "via the file method, but potentially incomplete. The second mirror has a "
 7657 "great connection, but is a partial mirror insofar as it only contains files "
 7658 "related to the architectures <literal>amd64</literal> and "
 7659 "<literal>all</literal>. The remaining mirrors are average mirrors which "
 7660 "should be contacted only if the earlier ones didn't work."
 7661 msgstr ""
 7662 
 7663 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><literallayout>
 7664 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7665 #, no-wrap
 7666 msgid ""
 7667 "file:/srv/local/debian/mirror/\tpriority:1 type:index\n"
 7668 "http://partial.example.org/mirror/\tpriority:2 arch:amd64 arch:all "
 7669 "type:deb\n"
 7670 "http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian/\ttype:deb\n"
 7671 "http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/\ttype:deb\n"
 7672 "https://deb.debian.org/debian/\n"
 7673 msgstr ""
 7674 
 7675 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 7676 #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml
 7677 msgid ""
 7678 "In this setup with this mirrorlist the first mirror will be used to download "
 7679 "all index files assuming the mirrorlist itself is accessed via a local "
 7680 "transport like <literal>file</literal>. If it isn't, if the mirror is "
 7681 "otherwise inaccessible or if it does not contain the requested file another "
 7682 "mirror will be used to acquire the file, chosen depending on the type of the "
 7683 "file: An index file will be served by the last mirror in the list, while a "
 7684 "package of architecture <literal>amd64</literal> is served by the second and "
 7685 "those of e.g. architecture <literal>i386</literal> by one of the last three."
 7686 msgstr ""
 7687 
 7688 #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <book>
 7689 #: guide.dbk offline.dbk
 7690 msgid "en"
 7691 msgstr ""
 7692 
 7693 #. type: Content of: <book><title>
 7694 #: guide.dbk
 7695 msgid "APT User's Guide"
 7696 msgstr ""
 7697 
 7698 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><personname>
 7699 #: guide.dbk offline.dbk
 7700 msgid "Jason Gunthorpe"
 7701 msgstr ""
 7702 
 7703 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><email>
 7704 #: guide.dbk offline.dbk
 7705 msgid "jgg@debian.org"
 7706 msgstr ""
 7707 
 7708 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
 7709 #: guide.dbk offline.dbk
 7710 msgid "Version &apt-product-version;"
 7711 msgstr ""
 7712 
 7713 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
 7714 #: guide.dbk
 7715 msgid "This document provides an overview of how to use the APT package manager."
 7716 msgstr ""
 7717 
 7718 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
 7719 #: guide.dbk
 7720 msgid "<copyright><year>1998</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
 7721 msgstr ""
 7722 
 7723 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><title>
 7724 #: guide.dbk offline.dbk
 7725 msgid "License Notice"
 7726 msgstr ""
 7727 
 7728 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
 7729 #: guide.dbk offline.dbk
 7730 msgid ""
 7731 "\"APT\" and this document are free software; you can redistribute them "
 7732 "and/or modify them under the terms of the GNU General Public License as "
 7733 "published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, "
 7734 "or (at your option) any later version."
 7735 msgstr ""
 7736 
 7737 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
 7738 #: guide.dbk offline.dbk
 7739 msgid ""
 7740 "For more details, on Debian systems, see the file "
 7741 "/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL for the full license."
 7742 msgstr ""
 7743 
 7744 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
 7745 #: guide.dbk
 7746 msgid "General"
 7747 msgstr ""
 7748 
 7749 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 7750 #: guide.dbk
 7751 msgid ""
 7752 "The APT package currently contains two sections, the APT "
 7753 "<command>dselect</command> method and the <command>apt-get</command> command "
 7754 "line user interface. Both provide a way to install and remove packages as "
 7755 "well as download new packages from the Internet."
 7756 msgstr ""
 7757 
 7758 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
 7759 #: guide.dbk
 7760 msgid "Anatomy of the Package System"
 7761 msgstr ""
 7762 
 7763 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 7764 #: guide.dbk
 7765 msgid ""
 7766 "The Debian packaging system has a large amount of information associated "
 7767 "with each package to help assure that it integrates cleanly and easily into "
 7768 "the system. The most prominent of its features is the dependency system."
 7769 msgstr ""
 7770 
 7771 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 7772 #: guide.dbk
 7773 msgid ""
 7774 "The dependency system allows individual programs to make use of shared "
 7775 "elements in the system such as libraries. It simplifies placing infrequently "
 7776 "used portions of a program in separate packages to reduce the number of "
 7777 "things the average user is required to install. Also, it allows for choices "
 7778 "in mail transport agents, X servers and so on."
 7779 msgstr ""
 7780 
 7781 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 7782 #: guide.dbk
 7783 msgid ""
 7784 "The first step to understanding the dependency system is to grasp the "
 7785 "concept of a simple dependency. The meaning of a simple dependency is that a "
 7786 "package requires another package to be installed at the same time to work "
 7787 "properly."
 7788 msgstr ""
 7789 
 7790 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 7791 #: guide.dbk
 7792 msgid ""
 7793 "For instance, mailcrypt is an emacs extension that aids in encrypting email "
 7794 "with GPG. Without GPGP installed mailcrypt is useless, so mailcrypt has a "
 7795 "simple dependency on GPG. Also, because it is an emacs extension it has a "
 7796 "simple dependency on emacs, without emacs it is completely useless."
 7797 msgstr ""
 7798 
 7799 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 7800 #: guide.dbk
 7801 msgid ""
 7802 "The other important dependency to understand is a conflicting dependency. It "
 7803 "means that a package, when installed with another package, will not work and "
 7804 "may possibly be extremely harmful to the system. As an example consider a "
 7805 "mail transport agent such as sendmail, exim or qmail. It is not possible to "
 7806 "have two mail transport agents installed because both need to listen to the "
 7807 "network to receive mail. Attempting to install two will seriously damage the "
 7808 "system so all mail transport agents have a conflicting dependency with all "
 7809 "other mail transport agents."
 7810 msgstr ""
 7811 
 7812 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 7813 #: guide.dbk
 7814 msgid ""
 7815 "As an added complication there is the possibility for a package to pretend "
 7816 "to be another package. Consider that exim and sendmail for many intents are "
 7817 "identical, they both deliver mail and understand a common interface. Hence, "
 7818 "the package system has a way for them to declare that they are both "
 7819 "mail-transport-agents. So, exim and sendmail both declare that they provide "
 7820 "a mail-transport-agent and other packages that need a mail transport agent "
 7821 "depend on mail-transport-agent. This can add a great deal of confusion when "
 7822 "trying to manually fix packages."
 7823 msgstr ""
 7824 
 7825 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 7826 #: guide.dbk
 7827 msgid ""
 7828 "At any given time a single dependency may be met by packages that are "
 7829 "already installed or it may not be. APT attempts to help resolve dependency "
 7830 "issues by providing a number of automatic algorithms that help in selecting "
 7831 "packages for installation."
 7832 msgstr ""
 7833 
 7834 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
 7835 #: guide.dbk
 7836 msgid "apt-get"
 7837 msgstr ""
 7838 
 7839 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 7840 #: guide.dbk
 7841 msgid ""
 7842 "<command>apt-get</command> provides a simple way to install packages from "
 7843 "the command line. Unlike <command>dpkg</command>, <command>apt-get</command> "
 7844 "does not understand .deb files, it works with the package's proper name and "
 7845 "can only install .deb archives from a <emphasis>Source</emphasis>."
 7846 msgstr ""
 7847 
 7848 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
 7849 #: guide.dbk
 7850 msgid ""
 7851 "If you are using an http proxy server you must set the http_proxy "
 7852 "environment variable first, see sources.list(5)"
 7853 msgstr ""
 7854 
 7855 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 7856 #: guide.dbk
 7857 msgid ""
 7858 "The first <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> thing that should be "
 7859 "done before using <command>apt-get</command> is to fetch the package lists "
 7860 "from the <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> so that it knows what packages are "
 7861 "available. This is done with <literal>apt-get update</literal>. For "
 7862 "instance,"
 7863 msgstr ""
 7864 
 7865 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
 7866 #: guide.dbk
 7867 #, no-wrap
 7868 msgid ""
 7869 "# apt-get update\n"
 7870 "Get http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/binary-i386/ Packages\n"
 7871 "Get http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
 7872 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
 7873 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
 7874 msgstr ""
 7875 
 7876 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 7877 #: guide.dbk
 7878 msgid "Once updated there are several commands that can be used:"
 7879 msgstr ""
 7880 
 7881 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 7882 #: guide.dbk
 7883 msgid "upgrade"
 7884 msgstr ""
 7885 
 7886 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 7887 #: guide.dbk
 7888 msgid ""
 7889 "Upgrade will attempt to gently upgrade the whole system. Upgrade will never "
 7890 "install a new package or remove an existing package, nor will it ever "
 7891 "upgrade a package that might cause some other package to break. This can be "
 7892 "used daily to relatively safely upgrade the system. Upgrade will list all of "
 7893 "the packages that it could not upgrade, this usually means that they depend "
 7894 "on new packages or conflict with some other "
 7895 "package. <command>dselect</command> or <literal>apt-get install</literal> "
 7896 "can be used to force these packages to install."
 7897 msgstr ""
 7898 
 7899 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 7900 #: guide.dbk
 7901 msgid "install"
 7902 msgstr ""
 7903 
 7904 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 7905 #: guide.dbk
 7906 msgid ""
 7907 "Install is used to install packages by name. The package is automatically "
 7908 "fetched and installed. This can be useful if you already know the name of "
 7909 "the package to install and do not want to go into a GUI to select it. Any "
 7910 "number of packages may be passed to install, they will all be "
 7911 "fetched. Install automatically attempts to resolve dependency problems with "
 7912 "the listed packages and will print a summary and ask for confirmation if "
 7913 "anything other than its arguments are changed."
 7914 msgstr ""
 7915 
 7916 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 7917 #: guide.dbk
 7918 msgid "dist-upgrade"
 7919 msgstr ""
 7920 
 7921 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 7922 #: guide.dbk
 7923 msgid ""
 7924 "Dist-upgrade is a complete upgrader designed to simplify upgrading between "
 7925 "releases of Debian. It uses a sophisticated algorithm to determine the best "
 7926 "set of packages to install, upgrade and remove to get as much of the system "
 7927 "to the newest release. In some situations it may be desired to use "
 7928 "dist-upgrade rather than spend the time manually resolving dependencies in "
 7929 "<command>dselect</command>. Once dist-upgrade has completed then "
 7930 "<command>dselect</command> can be used to install any packages that may have "
 7931 "been left out."
 7932 msgstr ""
 7933 
 7934 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 7935 #: guide.dbk
 7936 msgid ""
 7937 "It is important to closely look at what dist-upgrade is going to do, its "
 7938 "decisions may sometimes be quite surprising."
 7939 msgstr ""
 7940 
 7941 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 7942 #: guide.dbk
 7943 msgid ""
 7944 "<command>apt-get</command> has several command line options that are "
 7945 "detailed in its man page, "
 7946 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>apt-get</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. "
 7947 "The most useful option is <literal>-d</literal> which does not install the "
 7948 "fetched files. If the system has to download a large number of package it "
 7949 "would be undesired to start installing them in case something goes "
 7950 "wrong. When <literal>-d</literal> is used the downloaded archives can be "
 7951 "installed by simply running the command that caused them to be downloaded "
 7952 "again without <literal>-d</literal>."
 7953 msgstr ""
 7954 
 7955 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
 7956 #: guide.dbk
 7957 msgid "DSelect"
 7958 msgstr ""
 7959 
 7960 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 7961 #: guide.dbk
 7962 msgid ""
 7963 "The APT <command>dselect</command> method provides the complete APT system "
 7964 "with the <command>dselect</command> package selection "
 7965 "GUI. <command>dselect</command> is used to select the packages to be "
 7966 "installed or removed and APT actually installs them."
 7967 msgstr ""
 7968 
 7969 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 7970 #: guide.dbk
 7971 msgid ""
 7972 "To enable the APT method you need to select [A]ccess in "
 7973 "<command>dselect</command> and then choose the APT method. You will be "
 7974 "prompted for a set of <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> which are places to fetch "
 7975 "archives from. These can be remote Internet sites, local Debian mirrors or "
 7976 "CD-ROMs. Each source can provide a fragment of the total Debian archive, APT "
 7977 "will automatically combine them to form a complete set of packages. If you "
 7978 "have a CD-ROM then it is a good idea to specify it first and then specify a "
 7979 "mirror so that you have access to the latest bug fixes. APT will "
 7980 "automatically use packages on your CD-ROM before downloading from the "
 7981 "Internet."
 7982 msgstr ""
 7983 
 7984 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
 7985 #: guide.dbk
 7986 #, no-wrap
 7987 msgid ""
 7988 "   Set up a list of distribution source locations\n"
 7989 "\n"
 7990 " Please give the base URL of the debian distribution.\n"
 7991 " The access schemes I know about are: http file\n"
 7992 "\n"
 7993 " For example:\n"
 7994 "      file:/mnt/debian,\n"
 7995 "      ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian,\n"
 7996 "      http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian,\n"
 7997 "\n"
 7998 "\n"
 7999 " URL [http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian]:\n"
 8000 msgstr ""
 8001 
 8002 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 8003 #: guide.dbk
 8004 msgid ""
 8005 "The <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> setup starts by asking for the base of the "
 8006 "Debian archive, defaulting to an HTTP mirror. Next it asks for the "
 8007 "distribution to get."
 8008 msgstr ""
 8009 
 8010 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
 8011 #: guide.dbk
 8012 #, no-wrap
 8013 msgid ""
 8014 " Please give the distribution tag to get or a path to the\n"
 8015 " package file ending in a /. The distribution\n"
 8016 " tags are typically something like: stable unstable testing non-US\n"
 8017 "\n"
 8018 " Distribution [stable]:\n"
 8019 msgstr ""
 8020 
 8021 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 8022 #: guide.dbk
 8023 msgid ""
 8024 "The distribution refers to the Debian version in the archive, "
 8025 "<emphasis>stable</emphasis> refers to the latest released version and "
 8026 "<emphasis>unstable</emphasis> refers to the developmental "
 8027 "version. <emphasis>non-US</emphasis> is only available on some mirrors and "
 8028 "refers to packages that contain encryption technology or other things that "
 8029 "cannot be exported from the United States. Importing these packages into the "
 8030 "US is legal however."
 8031 msgstr ""
 8032 
 8033 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
 8034 #: guide.dbk
 8035 #, no-wrap
 8036 msgid ""
 8037 " Please give the components to get\n"
 8038 " The components are typically something like: main contrib non-free\n"
 8039 "\n"
 8040 " Components [main contrib non-free]:\n"
 8041 msgstr ""
 8042 
 8043 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 8044 #: guide.dbk
 8045 msgid ""
 8046 "The components list refers to the list of sub distributions to fetch. The "
 8047 "distribution is split up based on software licenses, main being DFSG free "
 8048 "packages while contrib and non-free contain things that have various "
 8049 "restrictions placed on their use and distribution."
 8050 msgstr ""
 8051 
 8052 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 8053 #: guide.dbk
 8054 msgid ""
 8055 "Any number of sources can be added, the setup script will continue to prompt "
 8056 "until you have specified all that you want."
 8057 msgstr ""
 8058 
 8059 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 8060 #: guide.dbk
 8061 msgid ""
 8062 "Before starting to use <command>dselect</command> it is necessary to update "
 8063 "the available list by selecting [U]pdate from the menu. This is a superset "
 8064 "of <literal>apt-get update</literal> that makes the fetched information "
 8065 "available to <command>dselect</command>. [U]pdate must be performed even if "
 8066 "<literal>apt-get update</literal> has been run before."
 8067 msgstr ""
 8068 
 8069 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 8070 #: guide.dbk
 8071 msgid ""
 8072 "You can then go on and make your selections using [S]elect and then perform "
 8073 "the installation using [I]nstall. When using the APT method the [C]onfig and "
 8074 "[R]emove commands have no meaning, the [I]nstall command performs both of "
 8075 "them together."
 8076 msgstr ""
 8077 
 8078 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 8079 #: guide.dbk
 8080 msgid ""
 8081 "By default APT will automatically remove the package (.deb) files once they "
 8082 "have been successfully installed. To change this behavior place "
 8083 "<literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> in /etc/apt/apt.conf."
 8084 msgstr ""
 8085 
 8086 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
 8087 #: guide.dbk
 8088 msgid "The Interface"
 8089 msgstr ""
 8090 
 8091 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
 8092 #: guide.dbk
 8093 msgid ""
 8094 "The <command>dselect</command> method actually is a set of wrapper scripts "
 8095 "to <command>apt-get</command>. The method actually provides more "
 8096 "functionality than is present in <command>apt-get</command> alone."
 8097 msgstr ""
 8098 
 8099 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
 8100 #: guide.dbk
 8101 msgid ""
 8102 "Both that APT <command>dselect</command> method and "
 8103 "<command>apt-get</command> share the same interface. It is a simple system "
 8104 "that generally tells you what it will do and then goes and does "
 8105 "it. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> After printing out a summary "
 8106 "of what will happen APT then will print out some informative status messages "
 8107 "so that you can estimate how far along it is and how much is left to do."
 8108 msgstr ""
 8109 
 8110 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
 8111 #: guide.dbk
 8112 msgid "Startup"
 8113 msgstr ""
 8114 
 8115 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8116 #: guide.dbk
 8117 msgid ""
 8118 "Before all operations except update, APT performs a number of actions to "
 8119 "prepare its internal state. It also does some checks of the system's "
 8120 "state. At any time these operations can be performed by running "
 8121 "<literal>apt-get check</literal>."
 8122 msgstr ""
 8123 
 8124 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
 8125 #: guide.dbk
 8126 #, no-wrap
 8127 msgid ""
 8128 "# apt-get check\n"
 8129 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
 8130 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
 8131 msgstr ""
 8132 
 8133 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8134 #: guide.dbk
 8135 msgid ""
 8136 "The first thing it does is read all the package files into memory. APT uses "
 8137 "a caching scheme so this operation will be faster the second time it is "
 8138 "run. If some of the package files are not found then they will be ignored "
 8139 "and a warning will be printed when apt-get exits."
 8140 msgstr ""
 8141 
 8142 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8143 #: guide.dbk
 8144 msgid ""
 8145 "The final operation performs a detailed analysis of the system's "
 8146 "dependencies. It checks every dependency of every installed or unpacked "
 8147 "package and considers if it is OK. Should this find a problem then a report "
 8148 "will be printed out and <command>apt-get</command> will refuse to run."
 8149 msgstr ""
 8150 
 8151 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
 8152 #: guide.dbk
 8153 #, no-wrap
 8154 msgid ""
 8155 "# apt-get check\n"
 8156 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
 8157 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
 8158 "You might want to run 'apt --fix-broken install' to correct these.\n"
 8159 "Sorry, but the following packages have unmet dependencies:\n"
 8160 "  9fonts: Depends: xlib6g but it is not installed\n"
 8161 "  uucp: Depends: mailx but it is not installed\n"
 8162 "  blast: Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
 8163 "  adduser: Depends: perl-base but it is not installed\n"
 8164 "  aumix: Depends: libgpmg1 but it is not installed\n"
 8165 "  debiandoc-sgml: Depends: sgml-base but it is not installed\n"
 8166 "  bash-builtins: Depends: bash (&gt;= 2.01) but 2.0-3 is installed\n"
 8167 "  cthugha: Depends: svgalibg1 but it is not installed\n"
 8168 "           Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
 8169 "  libreadlineg2: Conflicts:libreadline2 (&lt;&lt; 2.1-2.1)\n"
 8170 msgstr ""
 8171 
 8172 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8173 #: guide.dbk
 8174 msgid ""
 8175 "In this example the system has many problems, including a serious problem "
 8176 "with libreadlineg2. For each package that has unmet dependencies a line is "
 8177 "printed out indicating the package with the problem and the dependencies "
 8178 "that are unmet. A short explanation of why the package has a dependency "
 8179 "problem is also included."
 8180 msgstr ""
 8181 
 8182 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para><footnote><para>
 8183 #: guide.dbk
 8184 msgid ""
 8185 "APT however considers all known dependencies and attempts to prevent broken "
 8186 "packages"
 8187 msgstr ""
 8188 
 8189 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8190 #: guide.dbk
 8191 msgid ""
 8192 "There are two ways a system can get into a broken state like this. The first "
 8193 "is caused by <command>dpkg</command> missing some subtle relationships "
 8194 "between packages when performing upgrades. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 8195 "id=\"0\"/>. The second is if a package installation fails during an "
 8196 "operation. In this situation a package may have been unpacked without its "
 8197 "dependents being installed."
 8198 msgstr ""
 8199 
 8200 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8201 #: guide.dbk
 8202 msgid ""
 8203 "The second situation is much less serious than the first because APT places "
 8204 "certain constraints on the order that packages are installed. In both cases "
 8205 "supplying the <literal>-f</literal> option to <command>apt-get</command> "
 8206 "will cause APT to deduce a possible solution to the problem and then "
 8207 "continue on. The APT <command>dselect</command> method always supplies the "
 8208 "<literal>-f</literal> option to allow for easy continuation of failed "
 8209 "maintainer scripts."
 8210 msgstr ""
 8211 
 8212 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8213 #: guide.dbk
 8214 msgid ""
 8215 "However, if the <literal>-f</literal> option is used to correct a seriously "
 8216 "broken system caused by the first case then it is possible that it will "
 8217 "either fail immediately or the installation sequence will fail. In either "
 8218 "case it is necessary to manually use dpkg (possibly with forcing options) to "
 8219 "correct the situation enough to allow APT to proceed."
 8220 msgstr ""
 8221 
 8222 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
 8223 #: guide.dbk
 8224 msgid "The Status Report"
 8225 msgstr ""
 8226 
 8227 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8228 #: guide.dbk
 8229 msgid ""
 8230 "Before proceeding <command>apt-get</command> will present a report on what "
 8231 "will happen. Generally the report reflects the type of operation being "
 8232 "performed but there are several common elements. In all cases the lists "
 8233 "reflect the final state of things, taking into account the "
 8234 "<literal>-f</literal> option and any other relevant activities to the "
 8235 "command being executed."
 8236 msgstr ""
 8237 
 8238 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
 8239 #: guide.dbk
 8240 msgid "The Extra Package list"
 8241 msgstr ""
 8242 
 8243 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
 8244 #: guide.dbk
 8245 #, no-wrap
 8246 msgid ""
 8247 "The following extra packages will be installed:\n"
 8248 "  libdbd-mysql-perl xlib6 zlib1 xzx libreadline2 libdbd-msql-perl\n"
 8249 "  mailpgp xdpkg fileutils pinepgp zlib1g xlib6g perl-base\n"
 8250 "  bin86 libgdbm1 libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 bcc xbuffy\n"
 8251 "  squake pgp-i python-base debmake ldso perl libreadlineg2\n"
 8252 "  ssh\n"
 8253 msgstr ""
 8254 
 8255 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
 8256 #: guide.dbk
 8257 msgid ""
 8258 "The Extra Package list shows all of the packages that will be installed or "
 8259 "upgraded in excess of the ones mentioned on the command line. It is only "
 8260 "generated for an <literal>install</literal> command. The listed packages are "
 8261 "often the result of an Auto Install."
 8262 msgstr ""
 8263 
 8264 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
 8265 #: guide.dbk
 8266 msgid "The Packages to Remove"
 8267 msgstr ""
 8268 
 8269 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
 8270 #: guide.dbk
 8271 #, no-wrap
 8272 msgid ""
 8273 "The following packages will be REMOVED:\n"
 8274 "  xlib6-dev xpat2 tk40-dev xkeycaps xbattle xonix\n"
 8275 "  xdaliclock tk40 tk41 xforms0.86 ghostview xloadimage xcolorsel\n"
 8276 "  xadmin xboard perl-debug tkined xtetris libreadline2-dev perl-suid\n"
 8277 "  nas xpilot xfig\n"
 8278 msgstr ""
 8279 
 8280 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
 8281 #: guide.dbk
 8282 msgid ""
 8283 "The Packages to Remove list shows all of the packages that will be removed "
 8284 "from the system. It can be shown for any of the operations and should be "
 8285 "given a careful inspection to ensure nothing important is to be taken "
 8286 "off. The <literal>-f</literal> option is especially good at generating "
 8287 "packages to remove so extreme care should be used in that case. The list may "
 8288 "contain packages that are going to be removed because they are only "
 8289 "partially installed, possibly due to an aborted installation."
 8290 msgstr ""
 8291 
 8292 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
 8293 #: guide.dbk
 8294 msgid "The New Packages list"
 8295 msgstr ""
 8296 
 8297 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
 8298 #: guide.dbk
 8299 #, no-wrap
 8300 msgid ""
 8301 "The following NEW packages will installed:\n"
 8302 "  zlib1g xlib6g perl-base libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 pgp-i python-base\n"
 8303 msgstr ""
 8304 
 8305 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
 8306 #: guide.dbk
 8307 msgid ""
 8308 "The New Packages list is simply a reminder of what will happen. The packages "
 8309 "listed are not presently installed in the system but will be when APT is "
 8310 "done."
 8311 msgstr ""
 8312 
 8313 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
 8314 #: guide.dbk
 8315 msgid "The Kept Back list"
 8316 msgstr ""
 8317 
 8318 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
 8319 #: guide.dbk
 8320 #, no-wrap
 8321 msgid ""
 8322 "The following packages have been kept back\n"
 8323 "  compface man-db tetex-base msql libpaper svgalib1\n"
 8324 "  gs snmp arena lynx xpat2 groff xscreensaver\n"
 8325 msgstr ""
 8326 
 8327 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
 8328 #: guide.dbk
 8329 msgid ""
 8330 "Whenever the whole system is being upgraded there is the possibility that "
 8331 "new versions of packages cannot be installed because they require new things "
 8332 "or conflict with already installed things. In this case the package will "
 8333 "appear in the Kept Back list. The best way to convince packages listed there "
 8334 "to install is with <literal>apt-get install</literal> or by using "
 8335 "<command>dselect</command> to resolve their problems."
 8336 msgstr ""
 8337 
 8338 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
 8339 #: guide.dbk
 8340 msgid "Held Packages warning"
 8341 msgstr ""
 8342 
 8343 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
 8344 #: guide.dbk
 8345 #, no-wrap
 8346 msgid ""
 8347 "The following held packages will be changed:\n"
 8348 "  cvs\n"
 8349 msgstr ""
 8350 
 8351 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
 8352 #: guide.dbk
 8353 msgid ""
 8354 "Sometimes you can ask APT to install a package that is on hold, in such a "
 8355 "case it prints out a warning that the held package is going to be "
 8356 "changed. This should only happen during dist-upgrade or install."
 8357 msgstr ""
 8358 
 8359 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
 8360 #: guide.dbk
 8361 msgid "Final summary"
 8362 msgstr ""
 8363 
 8364 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
 8365 #: guide.dbk
 8366 msgid "Finally, APT will print out a summary of all the changes that will occur."
 8367 msgstr ""
 8368 
 8369 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
 8370 #: guide.dbk
 8371 #, no-wrap
 8372 msgid ""
 8373 "206 packages upgraded, 8 newly installed, 23 to remove and 51 not "
 8374 "upgraded.\n"
 8375 "12 packages not fully installed or removed.\n"
 8376 "Need to get 65.7M/66.7M of archives. After unpacking 26.5M will be used.\n"
 8377 msgstr ""
 8378 
 8379 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
 8380 #: guide.dbk
 8381 msgid ""
 8382 "The first line of the summary simply is a reduced version of all of the "
 8383 "lists and includes the number of upgrades - that is packages already "
 8384 "installed that have new versions available. The second line indicates the "
 8385 "number of poorly configured packages, possibly the result of an aborted "
 8386 "installation. The final line shows the space requirements that the "
 8387 "installation needs. The first pair of numbers refer to the size of the "
 8388 "archive files. The first number indicates the number of bytes that must be "
 8389 "fetched from remote locations and the second indicates the total size of all "
 8390 "the archives required. The next number indicates the size difference between "
 8391 "the presently installed packages and the newly installed packages. It is "
 8392 "roughly equivalent to the space required in /usr after everything is "
 8393 "done. If a large number of packages are being removed then the value may "
 8394 "indicate the amount of space that will be freed."
 8395 msgstr ""
 8396 
 8397 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
 8398 #: guide.dbk
 8399 msgid ""
 8400 "Some other reports can be generated by using the -u option to show packages "
 8401 "to upgrade, they are similar to the previous examples."
 8402 msgstr ""
 8403 
 8404 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
 8405 #: guide.dbk
 8406 msgid "The Status Display"
 8407 msgstr ""
 8408 
 8409 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8410 #: guide.dbk
 8411 msgid ""
 8412 "During the download of archives and package files APT prints out a series of "
 8413 "status messages."
 8414 msgstr ""
 8415 
 8416 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
 8417 #: guide.dbk
 8418 #, no-wrap
 8419 msgid ""
 8420 "# apt-get update\n"
 8421 "Get:1 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/non-US/ Packages\n"
 8422 "Get:2 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
 8423 "Hit http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/main Packages\n"
 8424 "Get:4 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ unstable/binary-i386/ "
 8425 "Packages\n"
 8426 "Get:5 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/non-free Packages\n"
 8427 "11% [5 testing/non-free `Waiting for file' 0/32.1k 0%] 2203b/s 1m52s\n"
 8428 msgstr ""
 8429 
 8430 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8431 #: guide.dbk
 8432 msgid ""
 8433 "The lines starting with <emphasis>Get</emphasis> are printed out when APT "
 8434 "begins to fetch a file while the last line indicates the progress of the "
 8435 "download. The first percent value on the progress line indicates the total "
 8436 "percent done of all files. Unfortunately since the size of the Package files "
 8437 "is unknown <literal>apt-get update</literal> estimates the percent done "
 8438 "which causes some inaccuracies."
 8439 msgstr ""
 8440 
 8441 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8442 #: guide.dbk
 8443 msgid ""
 8444 "The next section of the status line is repeated once for each download "
 8445 "thread and indicates the operation being performed and some useful "
 8446 "information about what is happening. Sometimes this section will simply read "
 8447 "<emphasis>Forking</emphasis> which means the OS is loading the download "
 8448 "module. The first word after the [ is the fetch number as shown on the "
 8449 "history lines. The next word is the short form name of the object being "
 8450 "downloaded. For archives it will contain the name of the package that is "
 8451 "being fetched."
 8452 msgstr ""
 8453 
 8454 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8455 #: guide.dbk
 8456 msgid ""
 8457 "Inside of the single quote is an informative string indicating the progress "
 8458 "of the negotiation phase of the download. Typically it progresses from "
 8459 "<emphasis>Connecting</emphasis> to <emphasis>Waiting for file</emphasis> to "
 8460 "<emphasis>Downloading</emphasis> or <emphasis>Resuming</emphasis>. The final "
 8461 "value is the number of bytes downloaded from the remote site. Once the "
 8462 "download begins this is represented as <literal>102/10.2k</literal> "
 8463 "indicating that 102 bytes have been fetched and 10.2 kilobytes is "
 8464 "expected. The total size is always shown in 4 figure notation to preserve "
 8465 "space. After the size display is a percent meter for the file itself. The "
 8466 "second last element is the instantaneous average speed. This values is "
 8467 "updated every 5 seconds and reflects the rate of data transfer for that "
 8468 "period. Finally is shown the estimated transfer time. This is updated "
 8469 "regularly and reflects the time to complete everything at the shown transfer "
 8470 "rate."
 8471 msgstr ""
 8472 
 8473 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8474 #: guide.dbk
 8475 msgid ""
 8476 "The status display updates every half second to provide a constant feedback "
 8477 "on the download progress while the Get lines scroll back whenever a new file "
 8478 "is started. Since the status display is constantly updated it is unsuitable "
 8479 "for logging to a file, use the <literal>-q</literal> option to remove the "
 8480 "status display."
 8481 msgstr ""
 8482 
 8483 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
 8484 #: guide.dbk
 8485 msgid "Dpkg"
 8486 msgstr ""
 8487 
 8488 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8489 #: guide.dbk
 8490 msgid ""
 8491 "APT uses <command>dpkg</command> for installing the archives and will switch "
 8492 "over to the <command>dpkg</command> interface once downloading is "
 8493 "completed. <command>dpkg</command> will also ask a number of questions as it "
 8494 "processes the packages and the packages themselves may also ask several "
 8495 "questions. Before each question there is usually a description of what it is "
 8496 "asking and the questions are too varied to discuss completely here."
 8497 msgstr ""
 8498 
 8499 #. type: Content of: <book><title>
 8500 #: offline.dbk
 8501 msgid "Using APT Offline"
 8502 msgstr ""
 8503 
 8504 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
 8505 #: offline.dbk
 8506 msgid ""
 8507 "This document describes how to use APT in a non-networked environment, "
 8508 "specifically a 'sneaker-net' approach for performing upgrades."
 8509 msgstr ""
 8510 
 8511 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
 8512 #: offline.dbk
 8513 msgid "<copyright><year>1999</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
 8514 msgstr ""
 8515 
 8516 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
 8517 #: offline.dbk
 8518 msgid "Introduction"
 8519 msgstr ""
 8520 
 8521 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
 8522 #: offline.dbk
 8523 msgid "Overview"
 8524 msgstr ""
 8525 
 8526 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8527 #: offline.dbk
 8528 msgid ""
 8529 "Normally APT requires direct access to a Debian archive, either from a local "
 8530 "media or through a network. Another common complaint is that a Debian "
 8531 "machine is on a slow link, such as a modem and another machine has a very "
 8532 "fast connection but they are physically distant."
 8533 msgstr ""
 8534 
 8535 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8536 #: offline.dbk
 8537 msgid ""
 8538 "The solution to this is to use large removable media such as a Zip disc or a "
 8539 "SuperDisk disc. These discs are not large enough to store the entire Debian "
 8540 "archive but can easily fit a subset large enough for most users. The idea is "
 8541 "to use APT to generate a list of packages that are required and then fetch "
 8542 "them onto the disc using another machine with good connectivity. It is even "
 8543 "possible to use another Debian machine with APT or to use a completely "
 8544 "different OS and a download tool like wget. Let <emphasis>remote "
 8545 "host</emphasis> mean the machine downloading the packages, and "
 8546 "<emphasis>target host</emphasis> the one with bad or no connection."
 8547 msgstr ""
 8548 
 8549 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8550 #: offline.dbk
 8551 msgid ""
 8552 "This is achieved by creatively manipulating the APT configuration file. The "
 8553 "essential premise to tell APT to look on a disc for it's archive files. Note "
 8554 "that the disc should be formatted with a filesystem that can handle long "
 8555 "file names such as ext2, fat32 or vfat."
 8556 msgstr ""
 8557 
 8558 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
 8559 #: offline.dbk
 8560 msgid "Using APT on both machines"
 8561 msgstr ""
 8562 
 8563 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8564 #: offline.dbk
 8565 msgid ""
 8566 "APT being available on both machines gives the simplest configuration. The "
 8567 "basic idea is to place a copy of the status file on the disc and use the "
 8568 "remote machine to fetch the latest package files and decide which packages "
 8569 "to download. The disk directory structure should look like:"
 8570 msgstr ""
 8571 
 8572 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
 8573 #: offline.dbk
 8574 #, no-wrap
 8575 msgid ""
 8576 "  /disc/\n"
 8577 "    archives/\n"
 8578 "       partial/\n"
 8579 "    lists/\n"
 8580 "       partial/\n"
 8581 "    status\n"
 8582 "    sources.list\n"
 8583 "    apt.conf\n"
 8584 msgstr ""
 8585 
 8586 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
 8587 #: offline.dbk
 8588 msgid "The configuration file"
 8589 msgstr ""
 8590 
 8591 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8592 #: offline.dbk
 8593 msgid ""
 8594 "The configuration file should tell APT to store its files on the disc and to "
 8595 "use the configuration files on the disc as well. The sources.list should "
 8596 "contain the proper sites that you wish to use from the remote machine, and "
 8597 "the status file should be a copy of "
 8598 "<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> from the <emphasis>target "
 8599 "host</emphasis>. Please note, if you are using a local archive you must use "
 8600 "copy URIs, the syntax is identical to file URIs."
 8601 msgstr ""
 8602 
 8603 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8604 #: offline.dbk
 8605 msgid ""
 8606 "<emphasis>apt.conf</emphasis> must contain the necessary information to make "
 8607 "APT use the disc:"
 8608 msgstr ""
 8609 
 8610 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
 8611 #: offline.dbk
 8612 #, no-wrap
 8613 msgid ""
 8614 " APT\n"
 8615 " {\n"
 8616 "   /* This is not necessary if the two machines are the same arch, it "
 8617 "tells\n"
 8618 "      the remote APT what architecture the target machine is */\n"
 8619 "   Architecture \"i386\";\n"
 8620 "\n"
 8621 "   Get::Download-Only \"true\";\n"
 8622 " };\n"
 8623 "\n"
 8624 " Dir\n"
 8625 " {\n"
 8626 "   /* Use the disc for state information and redirect the status file from\n"
 8627 "      the /var/lib/dpkg default */\n"
 8628 "   State \"/disc/\";\n"
 8629 "   State::status \"status\";\n"
 8630 "\n"
 8631 "   // Binary caches will be stored locally\n"
 8632 "   Cache::archives \"/disc/archives/\";\n"
 8633 "   Cache \"/tmp/\";\n"
 8634 "\n"
 8635 "   // Location of the source list.\n"
 8636 "   Etc \"/disc/\";\n"
 8637 " };\n"
 8638 msgstr ""
 8639 
 8640 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8641 #: offline.dbk
 8642 msgid ""
 8643 "More details can be seen by examining the apt.conf man page and the sample "
 8644 "configuration file in "
 8645 "<emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/apt.conf</emphasis>."
 8646 msgstr ""
 8647 
 8648 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8649 #: offline.dbk
 8650 msgid ""
 8651 "On the target machine the first thing to do is mount the disc and copy "
 8652 "<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> to it. You will also need to "
 8653 "create the directories outlined in the Overview, "
 8654 "<emphasis>archives/partial/</emphasis> and "
 8655 "<emphasis>lists/partial/</emphasis>. Then take the disc to the remote "
 8656 "machine and configure the sources.list. On the remote machine execute the "
 8657 "following:"
 8658 msgstr ""
 8659 
 8660 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
 8661 #: offline.dbk
 8662 #, no-wrap
 8663 msgid ""
 8664 " # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
 8665 " # apt-get update\n"
 8666 " [ APT fetches the package files ]\n"
 8667 " # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
 8668 " [ APT fetches all the packages needed to upgrade the target machine ]\n"
 8669 msgstr ""
 8670 
 8671 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8672 #: offline.dbk
 8673 msgid ""
 8674 "The dist-upgrade command can be replaced with any other standard APT "
 8675 "commands, particularly dselect-upgrade. You can even use an APT front end "
 8676 "such as <emphasis>dselect</emphasis>. However this presents a problem in "
 8677 "communicating your selections back to the local computer."
 8678 msgstr ""
 8679 
 8680 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8681 #: offline.dbk
 8682 msgid ""
 8683 "Now the disc contains all of the index files and archives needed to upgrade "
 8684 "the target machine. Take the disc back and run:"
 8685 msgstr ""
 8686 
 8687 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
 8688 #: offline.dbk
 8689 #, no-wrap
 8690 msgid ""
 8691 "  # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
 8692 "  # apt-get check\n"
 8693 "  [ APT generates a local copy of the cache files ]\n"
 8694 "  # apt-get --no-d -o dir::state::status=/var/lib/dpkg/status dist-upgrade\n"
 8695 "  [ Or any other APT command ]\n"
 8696 msgstr ""
 8697 
 8698 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8699 #: offline.dbk
 8700 msgid ""
 8701 "It is necessary for proper function to re-specify the status file to be the "
 8702 "local one. This is very important!"
 8703 msgstr ""
 8704 
 8705 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8706 #: offline.dbk
 8707 msgid ""
 8708 "If you are using dselect you can do the very risky operation of copying "
 8709 "disc/status to /var/lib/dpkg/status so that any selections you made on the "
 8710 "remote machine are updated. I highly recommend that people only make "
 8711 "selections on the local machine - but this may not always be possible. DO "
 8712 "NOT copy the status file if dpkg or APT have been run in the mean time!!"
 8713 msgstr ""
 8714 
 8715 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
 8716 #: offline.dbk
 8717 msgid "Using APT and wget"
 8718 msgstr ""
 8719 
 8720 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8721 #: offline.dbk
 8722 msgid ""
 8723 "<emphasis>wget</emphasis> is a popular and portable download tool that can "
 8724 "run on nearly any machine. Unlike the method above this requires that the "
 8725 "Debian machine already has a list of available packages."
 8726 msgstr ""
 8727 
 8728 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8729 #: offline.dbk
 8730 msgid ""
 8731 "The basic idea is to create a disc that has only the archive files "
 8732 "downloaded from the remote site. This is done by using the --print-uris "
 8733 "option to apt-get and then preparing a wget script to actually fetch the "
 8734 "packages."
 8735 msgstr ""
 8736 
 8737 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
 8738 #: offline.dbk
 8739 msgid "Operation"
 8740 msgstr ""
 8741 
 8742 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8743 #: offline.dbk
 8744 msgid ""
 8745 "Unlike the previous technique no special configuration files are "
 8746 "required. We merely use the standard APT commands to generate the file list."
 8747 msgstr ""
 8748 
 8749 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
 8750 #: offline.dbk
 8751 #, no-wrap
 8752 msgid ""
 8753 " # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
 8754 " [ Press no when prompted, make sure you are happy with the actions ]\n"
 8755 " # apt-get -qq --print-uris dist-upgrade &gt; uris\n"
 8756 " # awk '{print \"wget -O \" $2 \" \" $1}' &lt; uris &gt; /disc/wget-script\n"
 8757 msgstr ""
 8758 
 8759 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8760 #: offline.dbk
 8761 msgid ""
 8762 "Any command other than dist-upgrade could be used here, including "
 8763 "dselect-upgrade."
 8764 msgstr ""
 8765 
 8766 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8767 #: offline.dbk
 8768 msgid ""
 8769 "The /disc/wget-script file will now contain a list of wget commands to "
 8770 "execute in order to fetch the necessary archives. This script should be run "
 8771 "with the current directory as the disc's mount point so as to save the "
 8772 "output on the disc."
 8773 msgstr ""
 8774 
 8775 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8776 #: offline.dbk
 8777 msgid "The remote machine would do something like"
 8778 msgstr ""
 8779 
 8780 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
 8781 #: offline.dbk
 8782 #, no-wrap
 8783 msgid ""
 8784 "  # cd /disc\n"
 8785 "  # sh -x ./wget-script\n"
 8786 "  [ wait.. ]\n"
 8787 msgstr ""
 8788 
 8789 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8790 #: offline.dbk
 8791 msgid ""
 8792 "Once the archives are downloaded and the disc returned to the Debian machine "
 8793 "installation can proceed using,"
 8794 msgstr ""
 8795 
 8796 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
 8797 #: offline.dbk
 8798 #, no-wrap
 8799 msgid "  # apt-get -o dir::cache::archives=\"/disc/\" dist-upgrade\n"
 8800 msgstr ""
 8801 
 8802 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
 8803 #: offline.dbk
 8804 msgid "Which will use the already fetched archives on the disc."
 8805 msgstr ""